<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>Configuration Directive List</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="BOOK"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
TEXT="#000000"
LINK="#0000FF"
VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><DIV
CLASS="BOOK"
><A
NAME="PROFTPD-CONFIG"
></A
><DIV
CLASS="TITLEPAGE"
><H1
CLASS="TITLE"
><A
NAME="AEN2"
></A
>Configuration Directive List</H1
><HR></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="TOC"
><DL
><DT
><B
>Table of Contents</B
></DT
><DT
>1. <A
HREF="#AEN4"
>List of Directives</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
><A
HREF="#ACCESSDENYMSG"
> AccessDenyMsg</A
> -- Customise the response on failed authentication</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ACCESSGRANTMSG"
> AccessGrantMsg</A
> -- Customise the response on successful authentication</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOW"
> Allow</A
> -- Access control directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
> AllowAll</A
> -- Allow all clients </DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWCHMOD"
> AllowChmod</A
> -- Enable the CHMOD command (deprecated)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWFILTER"
> AllowFilter</A
> -- Regular expression of command arguments to be accepted</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWFOREIGNADDRESS"
> AllowForeignAddress</A
> -- Control the use of the PORT command</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
> AllowGroup</A
> -- Group based allow rules</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWLOGSYMLINKS"
> Allow</A
> -- Permit logging to symlinked files</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERRIDE"
> AllowOverride</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERWRITE"
> AllowOverwrite</A
> -- Enable files to be overwritten</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
> AllowRetrieveRestart</A
> -- Allow clients to resume downloads</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
> AllowStoreRestart</A
> -- Allow clients to resume uploads</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
> AllowUser</A
> -- User based allow rules</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ANONRATIO"
> AnonRatio</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
> AnonRequirePassword</A
> -- Make anonymous users supply a valid password</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ANONYMOUS"
> Anonymous</A
> -- Define an anonymous server</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ANONYMOUSGROUP"
> AnonymousGroup</A
> -- Treat group members as anonymous users</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
> AuthAliasOnly</A
> -- Allow only aliased login names</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHGROUPFILE"
> AuthGroupFile</A
> -- Specify alternate group file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHPAM"
> AuthPAM</A
> -- Enable/Disable PAM authentication</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHPAMAUTHORITATIVE"
> AuthPAMAuthoritative</A
> -- Set whether PAM is the authoritive authentication scheme</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHPAMCONFIG"
> AuthPAMConfig</A
> -- Select PAM service name</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHUSERFILE"
> AuthUserFile</A
> -- Specify alternate passwd file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
> AuthUsingAlias</A
> -- Authenticate via Alias-name instead of mapped username</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#BIND"
> Bind</A
> -- Bind the server or Virtualhost to a specific IP address</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#BYTERATIOERRMSG"
> ByteRatioErrMsg</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CDPATH"
> CDPath</A
> -- Sets "search paths" for the cd command</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CLASS"
> Class</A
> -- Definition statements for class based tracking</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CLASSES"
> Classes</A
> -- Enable Class based connection tracking</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#COMMANDBUFFERSIZE"
> CommandBufferSize</A
> -- Limit the maximum command length</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CWDRATIOMSG"
> CwdRatioMsg</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTADDRESS"
> DefaultAddress</A
> -- Set the address for the server to listen on</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTCHDIR"
> DefaultChdir</A
> -- Set starting directory for FTP sessions</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTROOT"
> DefaultRoot</A
> -- Sets default chroot directory</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTSERVER"
> DefaultServer</A
> -- Set the default server</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTTRANSFERMODE"
> DefaultTransferMode</A
> -- Set the default method of data transfer</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFERWELCOME"
> DeferWelcome</A
> -- Don't show welcome message until user has authenticated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DEFINE"
> Define</A
> -- Initialises Defines for IfDefine</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
> DeleteAbortedStores</A
> -- Enable automatic deletion of partially uploaded files</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DENY"
> Deny</A
> -- Access control directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DENYALL"
> DenyAll</A
> -- Deny all clients</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DENYFILTER"
> DenyFilter</A
> -- Regular expression of command arguments to be blocked</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
> DenyGroup</A
> -- Group based deny rules</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
> DenyUser</A
> -- User based deny rules</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEGROUP"
> DirFakeGroup</A
> -- Hide real file/directory group</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEMODE"
> DirFakeMode</A
> -- Hide real file/directory permissions</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEUSER"
> DirFakeUser</A
> -- Hide real file/directory owner</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DIRECTORY"
> Directory</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYCONNECT"
> DisplayConnect</A
> -- Sets connect banner file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYFIRSTCHDIR"
> DisplayFirstChdir</A
> -- Set the file to display when first entering a directory</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYGOAWAY"
> DisplayGoAway</A
> -- Set the file to display to a rejected connection</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYLOGIN"
> DisplayLogin</A
> -- Set the file to display on login</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYQUIT"
> DisplayQuit</A
> -- Set the file to display on quit</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYREADME"
> DisplayReadme</A
> -- Enable display of file modification times on a file pattern</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#EXTENDEDLOG"
> ExtendedLog</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#FILERATIOERRMSG"
> FileRatioErrMsg</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#FOOBARDIRECTIVE"
> FooBarDirective</A
> -- Dummy directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#GLOBAL"
> Global</A
> -- Set some directives to apply across the entire daemon</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#GROUP"
> Group</A
> -- Set the group the server normally runs as</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#GROUPOWNER"
> GroupOwner</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#GROUPPASSWORD"
> GroupPassword</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#GROUPRATIO"
> GroupRatio</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDDENSTOR"
> HiddenStor</A
> -- Enables more safe file uploads</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDDENSTORES"
> HiddenStores</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDEFILES"
> HideFiles</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDEGROUP"
> HideGroup</A
> -- Enable hiding of files based on group owner</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDENOACCESS"
> HideNoAccess</A
> -- Block the listing of directory entries to which the user
has no access permissions</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HIDEUSER"
> HideUser</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#HOSTRATIO"
> HostRatio</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#IDENTLOOKUPS"
> IdentLookups</A
> -- Toggle ident lookups</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#IFDEFINE"
> IfDefine</A
> -- To control the use of sections of the configuration</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#IFMODULE"
> IfModule</A
> -- Parse a section of config based on module name</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#IGNOREHIDDEN"
> IgnoreHidden</A
> -- Treat 'hidden' files as if they don't exist</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#INCLUDE"
> Include</A
> -- Load additional configuration directives from a file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPAUTHBINDS"
> LDAPAuthBinds</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDNINFO"
> LDAPDNInfo</A
> -- Set DN information to be used for initial bind</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTAUTHSCHEME"
> LDAPDefaultAuthScheme</A
> -- Set the authentication scheme/hash that is used when no leading
{hashname} is present.
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTGID"
> LDAPDefaultGID</A
> -- Set the default GID to be assigned to users when no uidNumber
attribute is found.
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTUID"
> LDAPDefaultUID</A
> -- Set the default GID to be assigned to users when no uidNumber
attribute is found.
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDOAUTH"
> LDAPDoAuth</A
> -- Enable LDAP authentication</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDOGIDLOOKUPS"
> LDAPDoGIDLookups</A
> -- Enable LDAP lookups for user group membership and GIDs in
directory listings
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPDOUIDLOOKUPS"
> LDAPDoUIDLookups</A
> -- Enable LDAP lookups for UIDs in directory listings
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPFORCEDEFAULTGID"
> LDAPForceDefaultGID</A
> -- Force all LDAP-authenticated users to use the same GID.</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPFORCEDEFAULTUID"
> LDAPForceDefaultUID</A
> -- Force all LDAP-authenticated users to use the same UID.</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
> LDAPHomedirOnDemand</A
> -- Enable the creation of user home directories on demand
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIX"
> LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix</A
> -- Enable the creation of user home directories on demand
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
> LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDSUFFIX"
> LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix</A
> -- Specify an additional directory to be created inside a user's
home directory on demand.
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPNEGATIVECACHE"
> LDAPNegativeCache</A
> -- Enable negative caching for LDAP lookups</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPQUERYTIMEOUT"
> LDAPQueryTimeout</A
> -- Set a timeout for LDAP queries</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPSEARCHSCOPE"
> LDAPSearchScope</A
> -- Specify the search scope used in LDAP queries</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPSERVER"
> LDAPServer</A
> -- Specify the LDAP server to use for lookups</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LDAPUSETLS"
> LDAPUseTLS</A
> -- Enable TLS/SSL connections to the LDAP server.</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LEECHRATIOMSG"
> LeechRatioMsg</A
> -- Sets the 'over ratio' error message</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LIMIT"
> Limit</A
> -- Set the commands/actions to be controlled</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LOGFORMAT"
> LogFormat</A
> -- Specify a logging format</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LOGINPASSWORDPROMPT"
> LoginPasswordPrompt</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#LSDEFAULTOPTIONS"
> LsDefaultOptions</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MASQUERADEADDRESS"
> MasqueradeAddress</A
> -- Configure the server address presented to clients</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTS"
> MaxClients</A
> -- Limits the number of users that can connect</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
> MaxClientsPerHost</A
> -- Limits the connections per client machine</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERUSER"
> MaxClientsPerUser</A
> -- Limit the number of connections per userid</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONRATE"
> MaxConnectionRate</A
> -- Maximum TCP socket connection rate</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXHOSTSPERUSER"
> MaxHostsPerUser</A
> -- Limit the number of connections per userid</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXINSTANCES"
> MaxInstances</A
> -- Sets the maximum number of child processes to be spawned</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXLOGINATTEMPTS"
> MaxLoginAttempts</A
> -- Sets how many password attempts are allowed before disconnection</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
> MaxRetrieveFileSize</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
> MaxStoreFileSize</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MULTILINERFC2228"
> MultilineRFC2228</A
> -- Enable RFC2228 multiline response mode</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MYSQLINFO"
> MySQLInfo</A
> -- Configures the MySQL driver</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ORDER"
> Order</A
> -- Configures the precedence of the Limit directives</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PASSIVEPORTS"
> PassivePorts</A
> -- Specify the ftp-data port range to be used</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PATHALLOWFILTER"
> PathAllowFilter</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PATHDENYFILTER"
> PathDenyFilter</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PERSISTENTPASSWD"
> PersistentPasswd</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PIDFILE"
> PidFile</A
> -- Set the filepath to hold the pid of the master server</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#PORT"
> Port</A
> -- Set the port for the control socket</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#POSTGRESINFO"
> PostgresInfo</A
> -- Postgres backend configuration (Deprecated)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#POSTGRESPORT"
> PostgresPort</A
> -- Sets the port postgres is listening on</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RLIMITCPU"
> RLimitCPU</A
> -- Configure the maximum CPU time in seconds used by a process</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RLIMITMEMORY"
> RLimitMemory</A
> -- Configure the maximum memory in bytes used by a process</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RLIMITOPENFILES"
> RLimitOpenFiles</A
> -- Configure the maximum number of open files used by a process</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSACCTSERVER"
> RadiusAcctServer</A
> -- Setup RADIUS accounting details</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSAUTHSERVER"
> RadiusAuthServer</A
> -- Setup RADIUS authenticator details</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSENGINE"
> RadiusEngine</A
> -- Enable RADIUS support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSLOG"
> RadiusLog</A
> -- Specify the logfile for reporting / debugging</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSREALM"
> RadiusRealm</A
> -- Setup the authentication realm</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RADIUSUSERINFO"
> RadiusUserInfo</A
> -- Configure login information via RADIUS</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEREADBPS"
> RateReadBPS</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEREADFREEBYTES"
> RateReadFreeBytes</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEREADHARDBPS"
> RateReadHardBPS</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEWRITEBPS"
> RateWriteBPS</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEWRITEFREEBYTES"
> RateWriteFreeBytes</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATEWRITEHARDBPS"
> RateWriteHardBPS</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATIOFILE"
> RatioFile</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATIOTEMPFILE"
> RatioTempFile</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#RATIOS"
> Ratios</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#REQUIREVALIDSHELL"
> RequireValidShell</A
> -- Allow connections based on /etc/shells</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#ROOTLOGIN"
> RootLogin</A
> -- Permit root user logins</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLAUTHTYPES"
> SQLAuthTypes</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLAUTHENTICATE"
> SQLAuthenticate</A
> -- Specify authentication methods and what to authenticate
</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
> SQLAuthoritative</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLCONNECTINFO"
> SQLConnectInfo</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTGID"
> SQLDefaultGID</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
> SQLDefaultHomedir</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTUID"
> SQLDefaultUID</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLDOAUTH"
> SQLDoAuth</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLDOGROUPAUTH"
> SQLDoGroupAuth</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLEMPTYPASSWORDS"
> SQLEmptyPasswords</A
> -- Allow zero length passwords (DEPRECATED)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS"
> SQLEncryptedPasswords</A
> -- Assume SQL passwords are encrypted (DEPRECATED)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGIDFIELD"
> SQLGidField</A
> -- Set the field holding gid information (deprecated)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
> SQLGroupGIDField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
> SQLGroupInfo</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPMEMBERSFIELD"
> SQLGroupMembersField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPTABLE"
> SQLGroupTable</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
> SQLGroupWhereClause</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLGROUPNAMEFIELD"
> SQLGroupnameField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIR"
> SQLHomedir</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
> SQLHomedirField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
> SQLHomedirOnDemand</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOG"
> SQLLog</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOGDIRS"
> SQLLogDirs</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOGHITS"
> SQLLogHits</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOGHOSTS"
> SQLLogHosts</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOGSTATS"
> SQLLogStats</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
> SQLLoginCountField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLMINID"
> SQLMinID</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERGID"
> SQLMinUserGID</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERUID"
> SQLMinUserUID</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLNAMEDQUERY"
> SQLNamedQuery</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLNEGATIVECACHE"
> SQLNegativeCache</A
> -- Enable negative caching for SQL lookups</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
> SQLPasswordField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSGRENT"
> SQLProcessGrEnt</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSPWENT"
> SQLProcessPwEnt</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLRATIOSTATS"
> SQLRatioStats</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLRATIOS"
> SQLRatios</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLSSLHASHEDPASSWORDS"
> SQLSSLHashedPasswords</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLSCRAMBLEDPASSWORDS"
> SQLScrambledPasswords</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLSHELLFIELD"
> SQLShellField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLSHOWINFO"
> SQLShowInfo</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLUIDFIELD"
> SQLUidField</A
> -- Set the field holding uid information (deprecated)</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
> SQLUserInfo</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
> SQLUserTable</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
> SQLUserWhereClause</A
> -- FIXFIXFIX</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
> SQLUsernameField</A
> -- Deprecated</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SQLWHERECLAUSE"
> SQLWhereClause</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SAVERATIOS"
> SaveRatios</A
> -- FIXME FIXME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SCOREBOARDFILE"
> ScoreboardFile</A
> -- Sets the name and path of the scoreboard file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SERVERADMIN"
> ServerAdmin</A
> -- Set the address for the server admin</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SERVERIDENT"
> ServerIdent</A
> -- Set the message displayed on connect</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SERVERNAME"
> ServerName</A
> -- Configure the name displayed to connecting users</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SERVERTYPE"
> ServerType</A
> -- Set the mode proftpd runs in</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SHOWDOTFILES"
> ShowDotFiles</A
> -- Toggle display of 'dotfiles'</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SHOWSYMLINKS"
> ShowSymlinks</A
> -- Toggle the display of symlinks</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SOCKETBINDTIGHT"
> SocketBindTight</A
> -- Controls how TCP/IP sockets are created</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#STOREUNIQUEPREFIX"
> StoreUniquePrefix</A
> -- Set the prefix to be added to uniquely generated filenames</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SYSLOGFACILITY"
> SyslogFacility</A
> -- Set the facility level used for logging</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SYSLOGLEVEL"
> SyslogLevel</A
> -- Set the verbosity level of system logging</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#SYSTEMLOG"
> SystemLog</A
> -- Redirect syslogging to a file</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPACCESSFILES"
> TCPAccessFiles</A
> -- Sets the access files to use</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPACCESSSYSLOGLEVELS"
> TCPAccessSyslogLevels</A
> -- Sets the logging levels for mod_wrap</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPGROUPACCESSFILES"
> TCPGroupAccessFiles</A
> -- Sets the access files to use</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPSERVICENAME"
> TCPServiceName</A
> -- Configures the name proftpd will use with mod_wrap</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPUSERACCESSFILES"
> TCPUserAccessFiles</A
> -- Sets the access files to use</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMEOUTIDLE"
> TimeoutIdle</A
> -- Sets the idle connection timeout</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMEOUTLOGIN"
> TimeoutLogin</A
> -- Sets the login timeout</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMEOUTNOTRANSFER"
> TimeoutNoTransfer</A
> -- Sets the connection without transfer timeout</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMEOUTSESSION"
> TimeoutSession</A
> -- Sets a timeout for an entire session</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMEOUTSTALLED"
> TimeoutStalled</A
> -- Sets the timeout on stalled downloads</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TIMESGMT"
> TimesGMT</A
> -- Toggle time display between GMT and local</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TRANSFERLOG"
> TransferLog</A
> -- Specify the path to the transfer log</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#UMASK"
> Umask</A
> -- Set the default Umask</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USEFTPUSERS"
> UseFtpUsers</A
> -- Block based on /etc/ftpusers</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USEGLOBBING"
> UseGlobbing</A
> -- Toggles use of glob() functionality</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USEREVERSEDNS"
> UseReverseDNS</A
> -- Toggle rDNS lookups</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USER"
> User</A
> -- Set the user the daemon will run as</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USERALIAS"
> UserAlias</A
> -- Alias a username to a system user</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USERDIRROOT"
> UserDirRoot</A
> -- Set the chroot directory to a subdirectory of the anonymous server</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USEROWNER"
> UserOwner</A
> -- Set the user ownership of new files / directories</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USERPASSWORD"
> UserPassword</A
> -- Creates a hardcoded username/password pair</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#USERRATIO"
> UserRatio</A
> -- Ratio directive</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#VIRTUALHOST"
> VirtualHost</A
> -- Define a virtual ftp server</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#WTMPLOG"
> WtmpLog</A
> -- Toggle logging to wtmp</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPBACKLOG"
> tcpBackLog</A
> -- Control the tcp backlog in standalone mode</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPNODELAY"
> tcpNoDelay</A
> -- Control the use of TCP_NODELAY</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPRECEIVEWINDOW"
> tcpReceiveWindow</A
> -- Set the size of the tcp receive window</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#TCPSENDWINDOW"
> tcpSendWindow</A
> -- Set the size of the tcp send window</DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>2. <A
HREF="#AEN10963"
>List of modules</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-AUTH"
> mod_auth</A
> -- Authentication module</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-CORE"
> mod_core</A
> -- Core module</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-LDAP"
> mod_ldap</A
> -- LDAP authentication support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-LOG"
> mod_log</A
> -- Logging support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-LS"
> mod_ls</A
> -- file listing functionality</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-PAM"
> mod_pam</A
> -- Pluggable authentication modules support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-RADIUS"
> mod_radius</A
> -- RADIUS based authentication support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-RATIO"
> mod_ratio</A
> -- FIX ME FIX ME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-README"
> mod_readme</A
> -- "README" file support</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-SAMPLE"
> mod_sample</A
> -- Example module</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-SITE"
> mod_site</A
> -- FIX ME FIX ME</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-SQL"
> mod_sql</A
> -- SQL support module</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-UNIXPW"
> mod_unixpw</A
> -- UNIX style authentication methods</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-WRAP"
> mod_wrap</A
> -- Interface to libwrap</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#MOD-XFER"
> mod_xfer</A
> -- FIX ME FIX ME</DT
></DL
></DD
><DT
>3. <A
HREF="#AEN11460"
>List of configuration contexts</A
></DT
><DD
><DL
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-SERVERCONFIG"
> server config</A
> -- server config</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-GLOBAL"
> Global</A
> -- Global</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-VIRTUALHOST"
> VirtualHost</A
> -- VirtualHost</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-ANONYMOUS"
> Anonymous</A
> -- Anonymous</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-LIMIT"
> Limit</A
> -- Limit</DT
><DT
><A
HREF="#CONTEXT-FTPACCESS"
> .ftpaccess</A
> -- .ftpaccess</DT
></DL
></DD
></DL
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
NAME="AEN4"
></A
>Chapter 1. List of Directives</H1
><H1
><A
NAME="ACCESSDENYMSG"
></A
>
AccessDenyMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN14"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AccessDenyMsg -- Customise the response on failed authentication</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN17"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AccessDenyMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"message"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Dependent on login type</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN44"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, a 530 response message is sent to an FTP client immediately after
a failed authentication attempt, with a standard message indicating the the
reason of failure. In the case of a wrong password, the reason is usually
"Login incorrect." It is this message can be customized with the AccessDenyMsg
directive. In the message argument, the magic cookie '%u' is replaced with
the username specified by the client during login.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN47"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN50"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>AccessDenyMsg "Guest access denied for %u."</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ACCESSGRANTMSG"
></A
>
AccessGrantMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN61"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AccessGrantMsg -- Customise the response on successful authentication</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN64"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AccessGrantMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"message"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Dependent on login type</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN91"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, a 230 response message is sent to an FTP client immediately after
authentication, with a standard message indicating that the user has either
logged in or that anonymous access has been granted. This message
can be customized with the AccessGrantMsg directive. In the message argument,
the magic cookie '%u' is replaced with the username specified by the client
during login.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN94"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN97"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>AccessGrantMsg "Guest access granted for %u."</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOW"
></A
>
Allow</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN108"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Allow -- Access control directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN111"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Allow</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>["from"] "all"|"none"|host|network[,host|network[,...]]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Allow from all</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN138"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Allow directive is used inside a <Limit> context to explicitly
specify which hosts and/or networks have access to the commands or
operations being limited. Allow is typically used in conjunction
with Order and Deny in order to create sophisticated (or perhaps
not-so-sophisticated) access control rules. Allow takes an optional
first argument; the keyword from. Using from is purely cosmetic. The
remaining arguments are expected to be a list of hosts and networks which
will be explicitly granted access. The magic keyword all can be used to
indicate that all hosts will explicitly be granted access (analogous to
the AllowAll directive, except with a lower priority). Additionally, the
magic keyword none can be used to indicate that no hosts or networks
will be explicitly granted access (although this does not prevent
them from implicitly being granted access). If all or none is used,
no other hosts or networks can be supplied. Host and network addresses
can be specified by name or numeric address. For security reasons, it is
recommended that all address information be supplied numerically. Relying
solely on named addresses causes security to depend a great deal upon
DNS servers which may themselves be vulnerable to attack or spoofing.
Numeric addresses which specify an entire network should end in a
trailing period (i.e. 10.0.0. for the entire 10.0.0 subnet). Named
address which specify an entire network should begin with a trailing
period (i.e. .proftpd.net for the entire proftpd.net domain).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN141"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOW"
>Allow</A
>
<A
HREF="#ORDER"
>Order</A
>
<A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN147"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><Limit LOGIN>
Order allow,deny
Allow from 128.44.26.,128.44.26.,myhost.mydomain.edu,.trusted-domain.org
Deny from all
</Limit></PRE
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWALL"
></A
>
AllowAll</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN158"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowAll -- Allow all clients </DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN161"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowAll</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>AllowAll</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Default is to implicitly AllowAll, but not explicitly</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN188"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AllowAll directive explicitly allows access to a <Directory>,
<Anonymous> or <Limit> block. Although proftpd's default
behavior is to allow access to a particular object, the default is
an implicit allow. AllowAll creates an explicit allow, overriding any
higher level denial directives.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN191"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYALL"
>DenyAll</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN195"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWCHMOD"
></A
>
AllowChmod</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN206"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowChmod -- Enable the CHMOD command (deprecated)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN209"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowChmod</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>true</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Directory>, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_site</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc1 thru 1.2.5, removed in 1.2.6rc1</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN236"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated, please use >Limit SITE_CHMOD<
instead.</P
><P
>AllowChmod allows control over whether the "SITE CHMOD"
command is allowed to clients.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN240"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN243"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>AllowChmod false</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWFILTER"
></A
>
AllowFilter</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN254"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowFilter -- Regular expression of command arguments to be accepted</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN257"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowFilter</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>regular-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN284"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AllowFilter allows the configuration of a regular expression
that must be matched for all command arguments sent to ProFTPD. It is
extremely useful in controlling what characters may be sent in a
command to ProFTPD, preventing some possible types of attacks against
ProFTPD. The regular expression is applied against the arguments to
the command sent by the client, so care must be taken when creating a
proper regex. Commands that fail the regex match result in a
"Forbidden command" error being returned to the client. If the
regular-expression argument contains whitespace, it must be enclosed
in quotes.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN287"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYFILTER"
>DenyFilter</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN291"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># Only allow commands containing alphanumeric characters and whitespace
AllowFilter "^[a-zA-Z0-9 ,]*$"</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWFOREIGNADDRESS"
></A
>
AllowForeignAddress</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN303"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowForeignAddress -- Control the use of the PORT command</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN306"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowForeignAddress</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AllowForeignAddress off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN333"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, proftpd disallows clients from using the ftp PORT command with
anything other than their own address (the source address of the ftp
control connection), as well as preventing the use of PORT to specify
a low-numbered (< 1024) port. In either case, the client is sent an
"Invalid port" error and a message is syslog'd indicating either
"address mismatch" or "bounce attack". By enabling
this directive, proftpd will allow clients to transmit foreign data
connection addresses that do not match the client's address. This allows
such tricks as permitting a client to transfer a file between two FTP
servers without involving itself in the actual data connection. Generally
it's considered a bad idea, security-wise, to permit this sort of thing.
AllowForeignAddress only affects data connection addresses; not tcp
ports. There is no way (and no valid reason) to allow a client to use
a low-numbered port in its PORT command.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN336"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN339"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWGROUP"
></A
>
AllowGroup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN350"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowGroup -- Group based allow rules</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN353"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowGroup</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>group-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN380"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AllowGroup specifies a group-expression that is specifically
permitted within the context of the <Limit> block it is applied
to. group-expression has the same format as that used in DefaultRoot, in
that it should contain a comma separated list of groups or "not"
groups (by prefixing a group name with the `!' character) that are to
be allowed access to the block. The expression is parsed as a boolean
"and" list, meaning that ALL elements of the expression must
evaluate to logically true in order for the explicit allow to apply.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN383"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
>DenyGroup</A
>,
<A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
>DenyUser</A
>,
<A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
>AllowUser</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN389"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWLOGSYMLINKS"
></A
>
Allow</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN400"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowLogSymlinks -- Permit logging to symlinked files</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN403"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowLogSymlinks</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"on"|"off"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AllowLogSymlinks off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_log</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.2rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN430"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>By default, the server will the path of any configured SystemLog, any configured
TransferLogs, and any configured ExtendedLogs to see if they are symbolic
links. If the paths are symbolic links, the server will refuse to log to that
link unless explicitly configured to do so via this directive.</P
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT2"
><A
NAME="AEN433"
></A
><H3
>Security note:</H3
><P
>Security note: this behaviour should not be allowed unless for
a very good reason. By allowing the server to open symbolic links with
its root privileges, you are allowing a potential symlink attack where
the server could be tricked into overwriting arbitrary system files.
You have been warned.</P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN436"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN439"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>AllowLogSymlinks on</PRE
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWOVERRIDE"
></A
>
AllowOverride</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN450"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowOverride -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN453"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowOverride</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN480"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN483"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN486"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWOVERWRITE"
></A
>
AllowOverwrite</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN498"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowOverwrite -- Enable files to be overwritten</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN501"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowOverwrite</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AllowOverwrite off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN528"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AllowOverwrite directive permits newly transfered files to overwrite
existing files. By default, ftp clients cannot overwrite existing files.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN531"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN534"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
></A
>
AllowRetrieveRestart</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN545"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowRetrieveRestart -- Allow clients to resume downloads</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN548"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowRetrieveRestart</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AllowRetrieveRestart on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN575"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AllowRetrieveRestart directive permits or denies clients from
performing "restart" retrieve file transfers via the FTP
REST command. By default this is enabled, so that clients may resume
interrupted file transfers at a later time without losing previously
collected data.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN578"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
>AllowStoreRestart</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN582"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWSTORERESTART"
></A
>
AllowStoreRestart</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN593"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowStoreRestart -- Allow clients to resume uploads</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN596"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowStoreRestart</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AllowStoreRestart off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN623"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AllowStoreRestart directive permits or denies clients from
"restarting" interrupted store file transfers (those sent
from client to server). By default restarting (via the REST command) is
not permitted when sending files to the server. Care should be taken to
disallow anonymous ftp "incoming" transfers to be restarted,
as this will allow clients to corrupt or increase the size of previously
stored files (even if not their own).</P
><P
>The REST (Restart STOR) command is automatically blocked when HiddenStor is
enabled, with the server returning a 501 error code to the client.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN627"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
>AllowRetrieveRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
>DeleteAbortedStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTOR"
>HiddenStor</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN633"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ALLOWUSER"
></A
>
AllowUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN644"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AllowUser -- User based allow rules</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN647"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AllowUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>user-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN674"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AllowUser specifies a user-expression that is specifically
permitted access within the context of the <Limit>
block it is applied to. user-expression has a similar
syntax as that used in AllowGroup, in that it should
contain a comma delimited list of users or "not" users (by prefixing
a user name with the `!' character) that are to be allowed access to the block.
The expression is parsed as a boolean "and" list, meaning that ALL
elements of the expression must evaluate to logically true in order to the explicit
allow to apply.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN677"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
>DenyUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
>DenyGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
>AllowGroup</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN683"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ANONRATIO"
></A
>
AnonRatio</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN694"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AnonRatio -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN697"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AnonRatio</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN724"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AnonRatio directive ....</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN727"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>AnonRatio</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN730"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
></A
>
AnonRequirePassword</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN741"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AnonRequirePassword -- Make anonymous users supply a valid password</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN744"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AnonRequirePassword</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AnonRequirePassword off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN771"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, anonymous FTP logins do not require the client to authenticate themselves
via the normal method of a transmitted cleartext password which is hashed and
matched against an existing system user's password. Instead, anonymous logins
are expected to enter their e-mail address when prompted for a password. Enabling
the AnonRequirePassword directive requires anonymous logins to enter a valid
password which must match the password of the user that the anonymous daemon
runs as. However using AuthUsingAlias
authentication can be matched against the password of the login username.
This can be used to create "guest" accounts, which function
exactly as normal anonymous logins do (and thus present a
"chrooted"
protected file system to the client), but require a valid password on the server's
host system.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN774"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ANONYMOUSGROUP"
>AnonymousGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
>AuthAliasOnly</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
>AuthUsingAlias</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN780"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>Example of a "guest" account configuration:
<Anonymous ~roger>
User roger
Group other
UserAlias proftpd roger
AnonRequirePassword on
# Deny write operations to all directories, underneath root-dir
# Default is to allow, so we don't need a <Limit> for read operations.
<Directory *>
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Directory>
# Deny all read/write operations in incoming. Because these are command-group
# limits, we can explicitly permit certain operations which will take precedence
# over our group limit.
<Directory incoming>
<Limit READ WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
# The only command allowed in incoming is STOR (transfer file from client
to server)
<Limit STOR>
AllowAll
</Limit>
</Directory>
</Anonymous></PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ANONYMOUS"
></A
>
Anonymous</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN792"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Anonymous -- Define an anonymous server</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN795"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Anonymous</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>root-directory</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN822"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Anonymous configuration block is used to create an anonymous FTP
login, and is terminated by a matching </Anonymous> directive. The
root-directory parameters specifies which directory the daemon will
first chdir to, and then chroot, immediately after login. Once the chroot
operation successfully completes, higher level directories are no longer
accessible to the running child daemon (and thus the logged in user). By
default, proftpd assumes an anonymous login if the remote client attempts
to login as the currently running user; unless the current user is root,
in which case anonymous logins are not allowed regardless of the presence
of an <Anonymous> block. To force anonymous logins to be bound to
a user other than the current user, see the User and Group directives. In
addition, if a User or Group directive is present in an <Anonymous>
block, the daemon permanently switches to the specified uid/gid before
chroot()ing. Normally, anonymous logins are not required to authenticate
with a password, but are expected to enter a valid e-mail address in place
of a normal password (which is logged). If this behavior is undesirable
for a given <Anonymous> configuration block, it can be overridden
via the AnonRequirePassword directive.</P
><P
>Note: Chroot()ed anonymous directories do not need to have supplemental
system files in them, nor do they need to have any sort of specific
directory structure. This is because proftpd is designed to acquire as
much system information as possible before the chroot, and to leave open
those files which are needed for normal operation and reside outside
the new root directory.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN826"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN829"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>Example of a typical anonymous FTP configuration:
<Anonymous /home/ftp>
User ftp # After anonymous login, daemon runs as user ftp.
Group ftp # After anonymous login, daemon runs as group ftp.
UserAlias anonymous ftp # Client login as 'anonymous' is aliased to 'ftp'.
# Deny write operations to all directories, underneath root-dir
# Default is to allow, so we don't need a <Limit> for read operations.
<Directory *>
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Directory>
<Directory incoming>
<Limit READ WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
<Limit STOR>
AllowAll
</Limit>
</Directory>
</Anonymous></PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ANONYMOUSGROUP"
></A
>
AnonymousGroup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN841"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AnonymousGroup -- Treat group members as anonymous users</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN844"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AnonymousGroup</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>group-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.3 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN871"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The AnonymousGroup directive specifies a group-expression to which all
matching users will be considered anonymous logins. The group-expression
argument is a boolean logically ANDed list of groups to which the user
must be a member of (or non-member if the group name is prefixed with
a `!' character). For more information on group-expressions see the
DefaultRoot directive. If the authenticating user is matched by an
AnonymousGroup directive, no valid password is required, and a special
dynamic anonymous configuration is created, with the user's home directory
as the default root directory. If a DefaultRoot directive also applies
to the user, this directory is used instead of the user's home dir.
Great care should be taken when using AnonymousGroup, as improper
configuration can open up user home directories to full read/write access
to the entire world.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN874"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
>AuthAliasOnly</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
>AuthUsingAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
>AnonRequirePassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTROOT"
>DefaultRoot</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN881"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHALIASONLY"
></A
>
AuthAliasOnly</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN892"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthAliasOnly -- Allow only aliased login names</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN895"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthAliasOnly</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AuthAliasOnly off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.3 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN922"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AuthAliasOnly restricts authentication to "aliased" logins only;
i.e. those usernames provided by clients which are "mapped"
to a real userid by the UserAlias directive. Turning AuthAliasOnly `on'
in a particular context will cause proftpd to completely ignore all
non-aliased logins for the entire context. If no contexts are available
without AuthAliasOnly set to `on', proftpd rejects the client login and
sends an appropriate message to syslog.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN925"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ANONYMOUSGROUP"
>AnonymousGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
>AuthUsingAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
>AnonRequirePassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERALIAS"
>UserAlias</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN932"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHGROUPFILE"
></A
>
AuthGroupFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN943"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthGroupFile -- Specify alternate group file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN946"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthGroupFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>path</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_unixpw</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.0.3/1.1.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN973"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AuthGroupFile specifies an alternate groups file, having the same
format as the system /etc/group file, and if specified is used
during authentication and group lookups for directory/access control
operations. The path argument should be the full path to the specified
file. AuthGroupFile can be configured on a per-VirtualHost basis, so
that virtual FTP servers can each have their own authentication database
(most often used in conjunction with AuthUserFile).</P
><P
>Note that this file need not reside inside a chroot()ed directory
structure for Anonymous or DefaultRoot logins, as it is held open for
the duration of client connections.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN977"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#AUTHUSERFILE"
>AuthUserFile</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN981"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHPAM"
></A
>
AuthPAM</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN992"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthPAM -- Enable/Disable PAM authentication</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN995"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthPAM</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_pam</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1022"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive determines whether PAM is used as an authentication
method by ProFTPD. Enabled by default to fit in with the design
policy of using PAM as the primary authentication mechanism.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1025"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1028"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHPAMAUTHORITATIVE"
></A
>
AuthPAMAuthoritative</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1039"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthPAMAuthoritative -- Set whether PAM is the authoritive authentication scheme</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1042"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthPAMAuthoritative</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_pam</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre3 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1069"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive allows you to control whether or not PAM is the ultimate
authority on authentication. Setting this directive to on will cause
authentication to fail if PAM authentication fails. The default setting,
off, allows other modules and directives such as AuthUserFile and friends
to authenticate users, should PAM authentication fail. If you are having
problems with PAM and using other directives like AuthUserFile, set this
directive to off.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1072"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1075"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHPAMCONFIG"
></A
>
AuthPAMConfig</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1086"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthPAMConfig -- Select PAM service name</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1089"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthPAMConfig</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>service</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ftp</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_pam</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1116"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive allows you to specify the PAM service name used in
authentication. PAM allows you to specify a service name to use when
authenticating. This allows you to configure different PAM service names
to be used for different virtual hosts. The directive was renamed from
PAMConfig post 1.2.0 pre10.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1119"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1122"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># Virtual host foobar authenticates differently than the rest
AuthPAMConfig foobar
# This assumes, that you have a PAM service named foobar
# configured in your /etc/pam.conf file or /etc/pam.d directory. </PRE
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHUSERFILE"
></A
>
AuthUserFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1134"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthUserFile -- Specify alternate passwd file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1137"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthUserFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>path</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_unixpw</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.0.3/1.1.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1164"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AuthUserFile specifies an alternate passwd file, having the same
format as the system /etc/passwd file, and if specified is used
during authentication and user lookups for directory/access control
operations. The path argument should be the full path to the specified
file. AuthUserFile can be configured on a per-VirtualHost basis, so
that virtual FTP servers can each have their own authentication database
(most often used in conjunction with AuthGroupFile).</P
><P
>Note that this file need not reside inside a chroot()ed directory
structure for Anonymous or DefaultRoot logins, as it is held open for
the duration of client connections.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1168"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#AUTHGROUPFILE"
>AuthGroupFile</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1172"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="AUTHUSINGALIAS"
></A
>
AuthUsingAlias</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1183"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>AuthUsingAlias -- Authenticate via Alias-name instead of mapped username</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1186"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>AuthUsingAlias</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>AuthUsingAlias off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre9 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1213"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>AuthUsingAlias disables the resolving of mapped usernames for
authentication purposes. For example, if you have mapped the username
anonymous to the "real" user ftp, the password gets checked against the
user "anonymous". When AuthUsingAlias is disabled, the checked username
would be "ftp".</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1216"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ANONYMOUSGROUP"
>AnonymousGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
>AuthAliasOnly</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
>AnonRequirePassword</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1222"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>An example of an Anonymous configuration using
AuthUsingAlias
# Basic Read-Only Anonymous Configuration.
<Anonymous /home/ftp>
UserAlias anonymous nobody
UserAlias ftp nobody
AuthAliasOnly on
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Anonymous>
# Give Full Read-Write Anonymous Access to certain users
<Anonymous /home/ftp>
AnonRequirePassword on
AuthAliasOnly on
AuthUsingAlias on
# The list of authorized users.
# user/pass lookup is for each user, not password entry
# of server uid ('nobody' in this example).
UserAlias fred nobody
UserAlias joe nobody
<Limit ALL>
AllowAll
</Limit>
</Anonymous></PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="BIND"
></A
>
Bind</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1234"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Bind -- Bind the server or Virtualhost to a specific IP address</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1237"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Bind</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>IP address</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1264"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Bind directive allows additional IP addresses to be bound to a main
or VirtualHost configuration. Multiple Bind directives can be used to
bind multiple addresses. The address argument should be either a fully
qualified domain name or a numeric dotted-quad IP address. Incoming
connections destined to an additional address added by Bind are serviced
by the context containing the directive. Additionally, if SocketBindTight
is set to on, a specific listen connection is created for each additional
address.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1267"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1270"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="BYTERATIOERRMSG"
></A
>
ByteRatioErrMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1281"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ByteRatioErrMsg -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1284"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ByteRatioErrMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1311"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ByteRatioErrMsg directive ....
Example:
ByteRatioErrMsg</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1314"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1317"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CDPATH"
></A
>
CDPath</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1328"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>CDPath -- Sets "search paths" for the cd command</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1331"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>CDPath</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>directory</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1358"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Adds an entry to a search path that is used when changing directories. For
example:
CDPath /home/public
CDPath /var/devel
This allows a user to cd into any directory directly under /home/public or /var/devel,
provided they have the appropriate rights. So, if /home/public/proftpd exists,
cd proftpd will bring the user to that directory, regardless of where
they currently are in the directory tree.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1361"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1364"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CLASS"
></A
>
Class</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1375"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Class -- Definition statements for class based tracking</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1378"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Class</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre9 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1405"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Controls class based access. Class base access allows each connecting IP to
be classified into a separate class. Each class has its own maximum number
of connections. limit sets the maximum number of connections (default is 100)
for that class name, regex sets a hostname regex (POSIX) for
inclusion in the class and ip sets an IP/netmask based inclusion.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1408"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1411"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>Classes on<br>
Class local limit 100<br>
Class default limit 10<br>
Class local regex .*foo.com<br>
Class local ip 172.16.1.0/24</P
><P
>This creates two classes, local and default, with local being everything in
*.foo.com and 172.16.1.* combined.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CLASSES"
></A
>
Classes</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1423"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Classes -- Enable Class based connection tracking</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1426"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Classes</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre9 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1453"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Controls class based access. Enables class based access control.
see: Class</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1456"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1459"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>For examples, see
<A
HREF="#CLASS"
>Class</A
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="COMMANDBUFFERSIZE"
></A
>
CommandBufferSize</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1471"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>CommandBufferSize -- Limit the maximum command length</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1474"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>CommandBufferSize</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>size</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1501"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The CommandBufferSize directive controls the maximum command length permitted
to be sent to the server. This allows you to effectively control what the longest
command the server may accept it, and can help protect the server from various
Denial of Service or resource-consumption attacks. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1504"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1507"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CWDRATIOMSG"
></A
>
CwdRatioMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1518"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>CwdRatioMsg -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1521"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>CwdRatioMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1548"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The CwdRatioMsg directive ....
Example:
CwdRatioMsg</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1551"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1554"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFAULTADDRESS"
></A
>
DefaultAddress</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1565"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DefaultAddress -- Set the address for the server to listen on</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1568"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DefaultAddress</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1595"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive sets the the address the main server instance will bind
to, the default behaviour is to select whatever IP the system reports
as being the primary IP.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1598"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1601"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>ServerName "Default FTP Server"<br>
Port 21<br>
# We want the main server instance to listen on a specific IP<br>
DefaultAddress 192.168.10.30</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFAULTCHDIR"
></A
>
DefaultChdir</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1613"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DefaultChdir -- Set starting directory for FTP sessions</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1616"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DefaultChdir</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>directory [group-expression]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>~</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1643"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Determines the directory a user is placed in after logging in.
By default, the user is put in their home directory. The specified
directory can be relative to the user's home directory.
NOTE: if the specified directory is not available
the user will not be able to log in.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1646"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DEFAULTROOT"
>DefaultRoot</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1650"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFAULTROOT"
></A
>
DefaultRoot</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1661"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DefaultRoot -- Sets default chroot directory</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1664"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DefaultRoot</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>directory [group-expression]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DefaultRoot /</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1691"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DefaultRoot directive controls the default root directory assigned
to a user upon login. If DefaultRoot is set to a directory other than
"/", a chroot operation is performed immediately after a client
authenticates. This can be used to effectively isolate the client from
a portion of the host system filespace. The specified root directory
must begin with a / or can be the magic character '~'; meaning that the
client is chroot jailed into their home directory.</P
><P
>When the specified chroot directory is a symlink this will be resolved
to it's parent first before setting up the chroot. This can have
unwanted side effects. For example if a chroot is to be configured
within space to which a user as shell access, the chroot directory
could be converted to a symlink pointing at '/'. Thus the chroot
would be to the root directory of the server.</P
><P
>If the DefaultRoot directive specifies a directory which disallows
access to the logged-in user's home directory, the user's current
working directory after login is set to the DefaultRoot instead of their
normal home directory. DefaultRoot cannot be used in <Anonymous>
configuration blocks, as the <Anonymous> directive explicitly
contains a root directory used for Anonymous logins. The special
character '~' is replaced with the authenticating user's home directory
immediately after login. Note that the default root may be a subdirectory
of the home directory, such as "~/anon-ftp".</P
><P
>The optional group-expression argument can be used to restrict the
DefaultRoot directive to a unix group, groups or subset of groups. The
expression takes the format: [!]group-name1[,[!]group-name2[,...]]. The
expression is parsed in a logical boolean AND fashion, such that each
member of the expression must evaluate to logically TRUE in order for
the DefaultRoot directive to apply. The special character '!' is used
to negate group membership.</P
><P
>Care should be taken when using DefaultRoot. Chroot "jails"
should not be used as methods for implementing general system security
as there are potentially ways that a user can "escape" the jail.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1698"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1701"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>Example of a DefaultRoot configuration:
ServerName "A test ProFTPD Server"
ServerType inetd
User ftp
Group ftp
#
# This causes proftpd to perform a chroot into the authenticating user's directory
immediately after login.
# Once this happens, the user is unable to "see" higher level directories.
# Because a group-expression is included, only users who are a member of
# the group 'users' and NOT a member of 'staff' will have their default
# root directory set to '~'.
DefaultRoot ~ users,!staff
... </PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFAULTSERVER"
></A
>
DefaultServer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1713"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DefaultServer -- Set the default server</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1716"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DefaultServer</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DefaultServer off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config,<VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1743"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DefaultServer directive controls which server configuration is used as
the default when an incoming connection is destined for an IP address which
is neither the host's primary IP address or one of the addresses specified in
a <VirtualHost> configuration block. Normally such
"unknown" connections are issued a "no server available to service
your request" message and disconnected. When DefaultServer is turned on
for either the primary server configuration or a virtual server, all unknown
destination connections are serviced by the default server. Only a single server
configuration can be set to default.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1746"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1749"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFAULTTRANSFERMODE"
></A
>
DefaultTransferMode</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1760"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DefaultTransferMode -- Set the default method of data transfer</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1763"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DefaultTransferMode</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ascii|binary</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DefaultTransferMode ascii</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre9 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1790"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DefaultTransferMode sets the default transfer mode of the server. By default,
carriage-return/linefeed translation will be performed (ASCII mode).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1793"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1796"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFERWELCOME"
></A
>
DeferWelcome</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1807"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DeferWelcome -- Don't show welcome message until user has authenticated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1810"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DeferWelcome</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DeferWelcome on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DeferWelcome off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1837"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DeferWelcome directive configures a master or
virtual server to delay transmitting the
ServerName and address to new connections,
until a client has successfully authenticated. If enabled, the initial welcome
message will be exceedingly generic and will not give away any type of information
about the host that the daemon is actively running on. This can be used by security-conscious
administrators to limit the amount of "probing" possible from non-trusted
networks/hosts.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1840"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#SERVERIDENT"
>ServerIdent</A
>
<A
HREF="#SERVERNAME"
>ServerName</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1845"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DEFINE"
></A
>
Define</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1856"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Define -- Initialises Defines for IfDefine</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1859"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Define</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>parameter-name</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>any context</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.6rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1886"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is used to initialise defines for use in conjunction with
the IfDefine directive</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1889"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#IFDEFINE"
>IfDefine</A
>,
<A
HREF="#IFMODULE"
>IfModule</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1894"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>IfDefine LoadLimiting<br>
IfDefine HighPerformanceSetup</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
></A
>
DeleteAbortedStores</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1905"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DeleteAbortedStores -- Enable automatic deletion of partially uploaded files</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1908"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DeleteAbortedStores</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DeleteAbortedStores on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server, <VirtualHost>, <Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1935"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DeleteAbortedStores directive controls whether ProFTPD
deletes partially uploaded files if the transfer is stopped via
the ABOR command rather than a connection failure.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1938"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#HIDDENSTOR"
>HiddenStor</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1942"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DENY"
></A
>
Deny</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1953"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Deny -- Access control directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN1956"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Deny</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Deny ["from"] "all"|"none"|host|network[,host|network[,...]]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1983"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Deny directive is used to create a list of hosts and/or networks which
will explicitly be denied access to a given <Limit> context block. The magic keywords all
and none can be used to indicate that all hosts are
denied access, or that no hosts are explicitly denied (respectively). For more
information on the syntax and usage of Deny see: Allow
and Order.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1986"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOW"
>Allow</A
>
<A
HREF="#ORDER"
>Order</A
>
<A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN1992"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DENYALL"
></A
>
DenyAll</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2003"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DenyAll -- Deny all clients</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2006"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DenyAll</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DenyAll</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2033"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DenyAll directive is analogous to a combination of "order
deny,allow <cr> deny from all", with the exception that it
has a higher precedence when parsed. It is provided as a convenient
method of completely denying access to a directory, anonymous ftp or
limit block. Because of its precedence, it should not be intermixed with
normal Order/Deny directives. The DenyAll directive can be overridden
at a lower level directory by using AllowAll. DenyAll and AllowAll are
mutually exclusive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2036"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
>AllowAll</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2040"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DENYFILTER"
></A
>
DenyFilter</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2051"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DenyFilter -- Regular expression of command arguments to be blocked</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2054"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DenyFilter</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DenyFilter regular-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2081"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Similar to AllowFilter, DenyFilter specifies a regular expression
which must not match any of the command arguments. If the regex does
match, a "Forbidden command" error is returned to the client. This can
be especially useful for forbidding certain command argument
combinations from ever reaching ProFTPD.</P
><P
><SPAN
CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Notes:</I
></SPAN
> The 'PASV' command cannot be blocked using
this directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2086"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>AllowFilter</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2089"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># We don't want to allow any commands with % being sent to the server
DenyFilter "%"</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DENYGROUP"
></A
>
DenyGroup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2101"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DenyGroup -- Group based deny rules</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2104"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DenyGroup</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DenyGroup group-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2131"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DenyGroup specifies a group-expression that is specifically
denied within the context of the
<Limit> block it is applied to. group-expression
has the same format as that used in DefaultRoot,
in that it should contain a comma separated list of groups or "not"
groups (by prefixing a group name with the `!' character) that are to be denied
access to the block. The expression is parsed as a boolean "and" list,
meaning that ALL elements of the expression must evaluate to logically true
in order for the explicit deny to apply.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2134"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
>DenyUser</A
>,
<A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
>AllowUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
>AllowGroup</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2140"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DENYUSER"
></A
>
DenyUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2151"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DenyUser -- User based deny rules</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2154"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DenyUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DenyUser user-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2181"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DenyUser specifies a user-expression that is specifically denied within
the context of the <Limit> block it is applied to. user-expression
is a comma delimited list of users or "not" users (by prefixing
a user name with the `!' character). The expression is parsed as a boolean
"and" list, meaning that all elements of the expression must
evaluate to logically true in order for the explicit deny to apply.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2184"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
>DenyGroup</A
>,
<A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
>AllowUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
>AllowGroup</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2190"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DIRFAKEGROUP"
></A
>
DirFakeGroup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2201"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DirFakeGroup -- Hide real file/directory group</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2204"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DirFakeGroup</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DirFakeGroup On|Off [groupname]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DirFakeGroup Off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.5</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2231"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DirFakeGroup can be used to hide the true group of files (including
directories, fifos, etc.) in a directory listing. If simply turned On,
DirFakeGroup will display all files as being owned by group 'ftp'.
Optionally, the groupname argument can be used to specify a specific group
other than 'ftp'. "~" can be used as the argument in order to display the
primary group name of the current user.</P
><P
>Both DirFakeGroup and DirFakeUser are completely cosmetic; the groupname or
username specified don't need to exist on the system, and neither directive
affects permissions, real ownership or access control in any way.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2235"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEUSER"
>DirFakeUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEMODE"
>DirFakeMode</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2240"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DIRFAKEMODE"
></A
>
DirFakeMode</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2251"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DirFakeMode -- Hide real file/directory permissions</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2254"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DirFakeMode</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DirFakeMode octal-mode</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2281"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DirFakeMode directive configures a mode (or permissions) which will be
displayed for ALL files and directories in directory listings. For each subset
of permissions (user, group, other), the "execute" permission for directories
is added in listings if the "read" permission is specified by this directive.
As with DirFakeUser, and DirFakeGroup, the "fake" permissions shown in
directory listings are cosmetic only, they do not affect real permissions or
access control in any way.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2284"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEUSER"
>DirFakeUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEGROUP"
>DirFakeGroup</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2289"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> DirFakeMode 0640
Will result in:
-rw-r----- ... arbitrary.file
drwxr-x--- ... arbitrary.directory</PRE
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DIRFAKEUSER"
></A
>
DirFakeUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2301"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DirFakeUser -- Hide real file/directory owner</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2304"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DirFakeUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DirFakeUser On|Off [username]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>DirFakeUser Off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.5</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2331"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DirFakeUser can be used to hide the true user owners of files (including
directories, fifos, etc.) in a directory listing. If simply turned On,
DirFakeUser will display all files as being owned by user 'ftp'. Optionally,
the username argument can be used to specify a specific user other than
'ftp'. "~" can be used as the argument in order to display the current
user's username.</P
><P
>Both DirFakeGroup and DirFakeUser are completely cosmetic; the groupname or
username specified don't need to exist on the system, and neither directive
affects permissions, real ownership or access control in any way.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2335"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEGROUP"
>DirFakeGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEMODE"
>DirFakeMode</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2340"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DIRECTORY"
></A
>
Directory</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2351"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Directory -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2354"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Directory</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
><Directory pathname></TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2381"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive creates a block of configuration directives which applies only
to the specified directory and its sub-directories. The block is ended with
</Directory>. Per-directory configuration is enabled during run-time with
a "closest" match algorithm, meaning that the <Directory> directive
with the closest matching path to the actual pathname of the file or directory
in question is used. Per-directory configuration is inherited by all sub-directories
until a closer matching <Directory> is encountered, at which time the
original per-directory configuration is replaced with the closer match. Note
that this does not apply to <Limit> </Limit> blocks, which are
inherited by all sub-directories until a <Limit> block is reached in a
closer match.</P
><P
> A trailing slash and wildcard ("/*") can be appended to the
directory, specifying that the configuration block applies only to the contents
(and sub-contents), not to the actual directory itself. Such wildcard matches
always take precedence over non-wildcard <Directory> configuration
blocks. <Directory> blocks cannot be nested (they are automatically
nested at run-time based on their pathnames). Pathnames must always be absolute
(except inside <Anonymous>), and should not reference symbolic links.
Pathnames inside an <Anonymous> block can be relative, indicating that
they are based on the anonymous root directory.</P
><P
>[Notes for ProFTPD 1.1.3 and later only]
Pathnames that begin with the special character '~' and do not specify
a username immediately after ~ are put into a special deferred mode.
When in deferred mode, the directory context is not hashed and sorted into the
configuration tree at boot time, but rather this hashing is deferred until a
user authenticates, at which time the '~' character is replaced with the user's
home directory. This allows a global <Directory> block which applies to
all user's home directories, or sub-directories thereof.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2386"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2390"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>#Default usage of the directory directive
<Directory /users/robroy/private>
HideNoAccess
</Directory>
#Example with username-expanding
<Directory ~/anon-ftp>
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Directory></PRE
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYCONNECT"
></A
>
DisplayConnect</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2402"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayConnect -- Sets connect banner file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2405"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayConnect</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayConnect filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2432"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DisplayConnect directive configures an ASCII text filename which
will be displayed to the user when they initially connect but before they
login. The filename can be either relative or absolute. In the case of a
relative filename, the file is searched for starting in the home directory
of the user the server is running as. As this can lead confusion, absolute
pathnames are suggested. If the file cannot be found or accessed, no
error occurs and nothing is logged or displayed to the client.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2435"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2438"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYFIRSTCHDIR"
></A
>
DisplayFirstChdir</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2449"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayFirstChdir -- Set the file to display when first entering a directory</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2452"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayFirstChdir</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayFirstChdir filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later, magic cookies only in 0.99.0pl10 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2479"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DisplayFirstChdir directive configures an ASCII text filename which will
be displayed to the user the first time they change into a directory (via
CWD) per a given session. The file will also be displayed if proftpd detects
that its last modification time has changed since the previous CWD into a
given directory. If the filename is relative, it is looked for in the new
directory that the user has changed into. Note that for anonymous ftp logins
(see <Anonymous>), the file must reside inside the chroot()ed file
system space. If the file cannot be found or accessed, no error occurs and
nothing is logged or displayed to the client.</P
><P
>DisplayFirstChdir, DisplayConnect, DisplayLogin and DisplayQuit support the
following "magic cookies" (only in 0.99.0pl10 and later), which are
replaced with their respective strings before being displayed to the user.</P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>%T Current Time
%F Available space on file system
%C Current working directory
%R Remote host name
%L Local host name
%u Username reported by ident protocol
%U Username originally used in login
%M Max number of connections
%N Current number of connections
%E Server admin's e-mail address
%x The name of the user's class
%y Current number of connections from the user's class
%z Max number of connections from the user's class</PRE
><P
>NOTE: not all of these may have a rational value, depending on the context in
which they're used (e.g., %u if ident lookups are off).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2485"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYCONNECT"
>DisplayConnect</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYLOGIN"
>DisplayLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYQUIT"
>DisplayQuit</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2491"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYGOAWAY"
></A
>
DisplayGoAway</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2502"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayGoAway -- Set the file to display to a rejected connection</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2505"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayGoAway</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayGoAway filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre8 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2532"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DisplayGoAway directive specifies an ASCII text filename which will be
displayed to the user if the class they're a member of has too many users logged
in and their login request has been denied.
DisplayGoAway supports the same "magic cookies" as DisplayFirstChdir.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2535"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>DisplayFirstChdir</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2538"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYLOGIN"
></A
>
DisplayLogin</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2549"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayLogin -- Set the file to display on login</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2552"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayLogin</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayLogin filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2579"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The DisplayLogin directive configures an ASCII text filename which will be
displayed to the user when they initially login. The filename can be either
relative or absolute. In the case of a relative filename, the file is searched
for in the initial directory a user is placed in immediately after login (home
directory for unix user logins, anonymous-root directory for anonymous logins). Note: that for jailed
logins, the file must reside inside the chroot()ed file system space. If
the file cannot be found or accessed, no error occurs and nothing is logged
or displayed to the client.
DisplayLogin supports the same "magic cookies" as DisplayFirstChdir.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2582"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2585"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYQUIT"
></A
>
DisplayQuit</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2596"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayQuit -- Set the file to display on quit</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2599"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayQuit</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayQuit filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre8 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2626"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>DisplayQuit configures an ASCII text filename which will be displayed to the
user when they quit. The filename can be either relative or absolute. In the
case of a relative filename, the file is searched for in current directory a
user is in when they logout -- for this reason, a absolute filename is usually
preferable.
NOTE: for jailed logins, the file must reside inside the
chroot()ed file system space. If the file cannot be found or accessed, no error
occurs and nothing is logged or displayed to the client.
DisplayQuit supports the "magic cookies" listed under DisplayFirstChdir.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2629"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2632"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="DISPLAYREADME"
></A
>
DisplayReadme</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2643"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>DisplayReadme -- Enable display of file modification times on a file pattern</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2646"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>DisplayReadme</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>DisplayReadme filename or pattern</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_readme</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre8 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2673"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Module: mod_readme
The DisplayReadme directive notifies the user of the last change date of the
specified file or pattern. Only a single DisplayReadme directive is allowed per configuration
scope.
DisplayReadme README
Will result in:
Please read the file README it was last modified on Sun Oct 17 10:36:14
1999 - 0 days ago
Being displayed to the user on a cwd.
DisplayReadmePattern README*
Will result in:
Please read the file README
it was last modified on Tue Jan 25 04:47:48 2000 - 0 days ago
Please read the file README.first
it was last modified on Tue Jan 25 04:48:04 2000 - 0 days ago
Being displayed to the user on a cwd. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2676"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2679"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="EXTENDEDLOG"
></A
>
ExtendedLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2690"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ExtendedLog -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2693"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ExtendedLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>filename [[command-classes] format-nickname]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous> <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_log</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6pl1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2720"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ExtendedLog directive allows customizable logfiles to be generated, either
globally or per VirtualHost. The filename
argument must contain an absolute pathname to a logfile which will be appended
to when proftpd starts; the pathname should not be to a file in a nonexistent
directory, to a world-writeable directory, or be a symbolic link (unless
AllowLogSymlinks is set to on). Multiple logfiles (potentially with different
command classes and formats) can be created. Optionally, the command-classes
argument can be used to control which types of commands are logged. If not
command classes are specified, proftpd logs all commands by default (passwords
are hidden). command-classes is a comma delimited (no whitespace!) list of
which commands to log.</P
><P
>The following are valid classes:
NONE
No commands
AUTH
Authentication commands (USER, PASS)
INFO
Informational commands (PWD, SYST, etc)
DIRS
Directory commands (LIST, CWD, MKD, etc)
READ
File reading (RETR)
WRITE
File/directory writing or creation
MISC
Miscellaneous commands (SITE, etc)
ALL
All commands (default)</P
><P
>If a format-nickname argument is supplied, ExtendedLog
will use the predefined logformat (created by LogFormat).
Otherwise, the default format of "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %s %b"
is used.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2725"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWLOGSYMLINKS"
>AllowLogSymlinks</A
>,
<A
HREF="#LOGFORMAT"
>LogFormat</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TRANSFERLOG"
>TransferLog</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2731"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>For example, to log all read and write operations to /var/log/ftp.log (using
the default format), you could:</P
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>ExtendedLog /var/log/ftp.log read,write</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="FILERATIOERRMSG"
></A
>
FileRatioErrMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2744"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>FileRatioErrMsg -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2747"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>FileRatioErrMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>FileRatioErrMsg foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2774"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The FileRatioErrMsg directive ....
Example:
FileRatioErrMsg</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2777"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2780"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="FOOBARDIRECTIVE"
></A
>
FooBarDirective</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2791"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>FooBarDirective -- Dummy directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2794"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>FooBarDirective</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>FooBarDirective thingy</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sample</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2821"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FooBarDirective is a dummy directive to be used as a coding
example only.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2824"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2827"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="GLOBAL"
></A
>
Global</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2838"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Global -- Set some directives to apply across the entire daemon</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2841"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Global</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
><Global></TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2868"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Global configuration block is used to create a set of configuration directives
which is applied universally to both the main server configuration and all VirtualHost
configurations. Most, but not all other directives can be used
inside a Global block.</P
><P
>In addition, multiple <Global> blocks can be created. At runtime, all
Global blocks are merged together and finally into each server's configuration.
Global blocks are terminated by a matching </Global> directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2872"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2875"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="GROUP"
></A
>
Group</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2886"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Group -- Set the group the server normally runs as</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2889"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Group</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Group groupid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2916"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Group directive configures which group the server daemon will normally
run at. See User for more details.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2919"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2922"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="GROUPOWNER"
></A
>
GroupOwner</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2933"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>GroupOwner -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2936"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>GroupOwner</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>GroupOwner groupname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Anonymous>, <Directory>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2963"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The GroupOwner directive configures which group all newly created directories
and files will be owned by, within the context that GroupOwner is applied to.
The group ID of groupname cannot be 0.
Note that GroupOwner cannot be used to override the host OS/file system user/group
paradigm. If the current user is not a member of the specified group, new files
and directories will not be able to be chown()ed to the GroupOwner group. If
this happens, file STOR (send file from client to server) and MKD/XMKD (mkdir) operations
will succeed normally, however the new directory entries will be owned by the
current user's default group (a warning message is also logged) instead of by
the desired group. If you also use UserOwner
in the same context, this restriction is lifted.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2966"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN2969"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="GROUPPASSWORD"
></A
>
GroupPassword</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2980"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>GroupPassword -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN2983"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>GroupPassword</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>GroupPassword groupid hashed-password</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3010"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The GroupPassword directive creates a special "group" password which
allows all users in the specified group to authenticate using a single password.
The group/password supplied is only effective inside the context to which GroupPassword
is applied. The hashed-password argument is a standard
cleartext password which has been passed through the standard unix crypt() library
function. Extreme care should be taken when using GroupPassword, as
serious security problems may arise if group membership is not carefully controlled.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3013"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>UserPassword</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3016"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="GROUPRATIO"
></A
>
GroupRatio</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3027"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>GroupRatio -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3030"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>GroupRatio</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>GroupRatio foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3057"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The GroupRatio directive ....
Example:
GroupRatio</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3060"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3063"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDDENSTOR"
></A
>
HiddenStor</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3074"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HiddenStor -- Enables more safe file uploads</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3077"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HiddenStor</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>HiddenStor on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>HiddenStor off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3104"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The HiddenStor directive enables two-step file uploads: files are uploaded
as ".in.filename." and once the upload is complete,
renamed to just "filename". This provides a
degree of atomicity and helps prevent 1) incomplete uploads and 2) files being
used while they're still in the progress of being uploaded. Note:
if the temporary file name is already in use (e.g., a server crash during upload),
it will prevent the file from being uploaded.</P
><P
>The REST (Restart STOR) command is automatically blocked when HiddenStor is
enabled, with the server returning a 501 error code to the client.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3108"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
>AllowStoreRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
>DeleteAbortedStores</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3113"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDDENSTORES"
></A
>
HiddenStores</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3124"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HiddenStores -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3127"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HiddenStores</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3154"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3157"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3160"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDEFILES"
></A
>
HideFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3172"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HideFiles -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3175"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HideFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>%%VERSION%% and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3202"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3205"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3208"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDEGROUP"
></A
>
HideGroup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3220"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HideGroup -- Enable hiding of files based on group owner</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3223"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HideGroup</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>HideGroup groupid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3250"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The HideGroup directive configures a
<Directory> or < Anonymous> block to hide all directory
entries owned by the specified group, unless the group is the primary
group of the currently logged-in, authenticated user . Normally, hidden
directories and files cannot be seen via LIST or NLST commands but can
be operated on via other FTP commands (CWD, DELE, RETR, etc). This behavior
can be modified via the IgnoreHidden directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3253"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>See Also: HideUser, HideNoAccess, IgnoreHidden</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3256"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDENOACCESS"
></A
>
HideNoAccess</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3267"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HideNoAccess -- Block the listing of directory entries to which the user
has no access permissions</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3270"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HideNoAccess</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>HideNoAccess on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>,<Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3297"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The HideNoAccess directive configures a <Directory> or
<Anonymous> block to hide all directory entries in a directory
listing (via the LIST or NLST FTP commands) to which the current
logged-in, authenticated user has no access. Normal Unix-style
permissions always apply, so that although a user may not be able to
see a directory entry that has HideNoAccess applied, they will receive
a normal "Permission denied" error message when attempting
to blindly manipulate the file system object. The directory or file
can be made completely invisible to all FTP commands by applying
IgnoreHidden in conjunction with HideNoAccess.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3300"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>See Also: HideUser, HideGroup, IgnoreHidden</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3303"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HIDEUSER"
></A
>
HideUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3314"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HideUser -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3317"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HideUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>HideUser userid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3344"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The HideUser directive configures a <Directory> or <Anonymous>
block to hide all directory entries owned by the specified user, unless
the owning user is the currently logged-in, authenticated user. Normally,
hidden directories and files cannot be seen via LIST or NLST commands but
can be operated on via other FTP commands (CWD, DELE, RETR, etc). This
behavior can be modified via the IgnoreHidden directive. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3347"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>HideGroup, HideNoAccess, IgnoreHidden</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3350"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="HOSTRATIO"
></A
>
HostRatio</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3361"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>HostRatio -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3364"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>HostRatio</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>HostRatio foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3391"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The HostRatio directive ....
Example:
HostRatio</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3394"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3397"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="IDENTLOOKUPS"
></A
>
IdentLookups</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3408"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>IdentLookups -- Toggle ident lookups</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3411"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>IdentLookups</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>IdentLookups on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>IdentLookups on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3438"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, when a client initially connects to proftpd, the ident protocol
(RFC1413) is used to attempt to identify the remote username. This can
be controlled via the IdentLookups directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3441"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3444"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="IFDEFINE"
></A
>
IfDefine</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3455"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>IfDefine -- To control the use of sections of the configuration</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3458"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>IfDefine</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[!]define-label</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>any</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.6rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3485"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The <IfDefine test>...</IfDefine> section is used to mark
directives that are conditional. The directives within an IfDefine
section are only processed if the test is true. If the test is false,
everything between the start and end markers is ignored.</P
><P
>The test in the <IfDefine> section directive can be one of two
forms: 'parameter-name' or '!parameter-name'</P
><P
>In the former case, the directives between the start and end markers are
only processed if the parameter named parameter-name is defined. The
second format reverses the test, and only processes the directives if
parameter-name is not defined. </P
><P
>The parameter-name argument is a define as given on the command line
via -Dparameter-name, at the time the server was started.</P
><P
>
<IfDefine> sections are nest-able, which can be used to implement
simple multiple-parameter tests.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3492"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DEFINE"
>Define</A
>,
<A
HREF="#IFMODULE"
>IfModule</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3497"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>$ proftpd -DDoSomething<br>
<br>
--[ proftpd.conf ]--<br>
<IfDefine DoSomething><br>
# do something here<br>
</IfDefine><br>
--[ end ]--<br> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="IFMODULE"
></A
>
IfModule</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3508"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>IfModule -- Parse a section of config based on module name</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3511"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>IfModule</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[!]module-name</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>any</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.6rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3538"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The <IfModule test>...</IfModule> section is used to mark
directives that are conditional. The directives within an IfModule
section are only processed if the test is true. If the test is false,
everything between the start and end markers is ignored.</P
><P
>The test in the <IfModule> section directive can be one of two
forms: "module name" or "!module name"</P
><P
>In the former case, the directives between the start and end markers
are only processed if the module named module name is compiled in to
ProFTPD. The second format reverses the test, and only processes the
directives if module name is not compiled in.</P
><P
>The module name argument is a module name as given as the file name of
the module, at the time it was compiled. For example, mod_sql.c.</P
><P
><IfModule> sections are nest-able, which can be used to implement
simple multiple-module tests.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3545"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DEFINE"
>Define</A
>, <A
HREF="#IFDEFINE"
>IfDefine</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3550"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
><IfModule mod_load.c><br>
MaxLoad 10 "Access denied, server load too high"<br>
</IfModule></P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="IGNOREHIDDEN"
></A
>
IgnoreHidden</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3562"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>IgnoreHidden -- Treat 'hidden' files as if they don't exist</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3565"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>IgnoreHidden</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>IgnoreHidden on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>IgnoreHidden off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3592"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, files hidden via HideNoAccess, HideUser or HideGroup
can be operated on by all FTP commands (assuming Unix file
permissions allow access), even though they do not appear in directory
listings. Additionally, even when normal file system permissions disallow
access, proftpd returns a "Permission denied" error to the
client, indicating that the requested object does exist, even if it
cannot be acted upon. IgnoreHidden configures a <Limit> block to
completely ignore any hidden directory entries for the set of limited FTP
commands. This has the effect of returning an error similar to "No
such file or directory" when the client attempts to use the limited
command upon a hidden directory or file.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3595"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3598"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="INCLUDE"
></A
>
Include</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3609"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Include -- Load additional configuration directives from a file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3612"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Include</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Include file</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Directory>, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3639"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive allows you to include another configuration file within your current configuration file. The given file argument must be the full path to
the file to be included.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3642"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3645"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPAUTHBINDS"
></A
>
LDAPAuthBinds</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3656"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPAuthBinds -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3659"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Syntax: LDAPAuthBinds</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
>FIX FIX FIX</B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPAuthBinds off in mod_ldap <= 2.7.6,
LDAPAuthBinds on in mod_ldap >= 2.8
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.5 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3687"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>By default, the DN specified by LDAPDNInfo will be used to
bind to the LDAP server to obtain user information, including the
userPassword attribute. If LDAPAuthBinds is set to on, the DN
specified by LDAPDNInfo will be used to fetch all user information
except the userPassword attribute. Then, mod_ldap will bind to the
LDAP server as the user who is logging in via FTP with the
user-supplied password. If this bind succeeds, the user is
considered authenticated and is allowed to log in. This method of
LDAP authentication has the added benefit of supporting any password
encryption scheme that your LDAP server supports.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3690"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3693"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDNINFO"
></A
>
LDAPDNInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3704"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDNInfo -- Set DN information to be used for initial bind</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3707"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDNInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>LDAPDNInfo "ldap-dn" "dn-password"</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPDNInfo "" "" (anonymous bind)
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3734"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive specifies the LDAP DN and password to use when
binding to the LDAP server. If this configuration directive is not
specified, anonymous binds are used.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3737"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3740"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDEFAULTAUTHSCHEME"
></A
>
LDAPDefaultAuthScheme</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3751"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDefaultAuthScheme -- Set the authentication scheme/hash that is used when no leading
{hashname} is present.
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3754"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDefaultAuthScheme</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>crypt</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>clear</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPDefaultAuthScheme "crypt"
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3782"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies the authentication scheme used for passwords with no
{prefix} in the LDAP database. For example, if you are using
something like userPassword: mypass in your LDAP database, you would
want to set LDAPDefaultAuthScheme to clear.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3785"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3788"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDEFAULTGID"
></A
>
LDAPDefaultGID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3799"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDefaultGID -- Set the default GID to be assigned to users when no uidNumber
attribute is found.
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3802"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDefaultGID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>default-gid</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> None
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3829"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is useful primarily in virtual-user
environments common in large-scale ISPs and hosting organizations.
If a user does not have a LDAP gidNumber attribute, the
LDAPDefaultGID is used. This allows one to have a large number of
users in an LDAP database without gidNumber attributes; setting this
configuration directive will automatically assign those users a
single GID.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3832"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3835"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDEFAULTUID"
></A
>
LDAPDefaultUID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3846"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDefaultUID -- Set the default GID to be assigned to users when no uidNumber
attribute is found.
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3849"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDefaultUID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>default-uid</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> None
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3876"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is useful primarily in virtual-user
environments common in large-scale ISPs and hosting organizations.
If a user does not have a LDAP uidNumber attribute, the
LDAPDefaultUID is used. This allows one to have a large number of
users in an LDAP database without uidNumber attributes; setting this
configuration directive will automatically assign those users a
single UID.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3879"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3882"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDOAUTH"
></A
>
LDAPDoAuth</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3893"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDoAuth -- Enable LDAP authentication</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3896"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDoAuth</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"auth-base-prefix"</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"search-filter-template"</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPDoAuth off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3928"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This configuration directive activates LDAP authentication.
The second argument to this directive is the LDAP prefix to use for
authentication. The third argument is a template to be used for the
search filter; %u will be replaced with the username that is being
authenticated. By default, the search filter template
"(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=posixAccount))" is used. Search filter
templates are only supported in mod_ldap v2.7 and later.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3931"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3934"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDOGIDLOOKUPS"
></A
>
LDAPDoGIDLookups</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3945"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDoGIDLookups -- Enable LDAP lookups for user group membership and GIDs in
directory listings
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3948"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDoGIDLookups</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"uid-base-prefix"</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"search-filter-template"</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPDoGIDLookups off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3980"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This configuration directive activates LDAP GID-to-name
lookups in directory listings. The second argument to this directive
is the LDAP prefix to use for GID-to-name lookups. The third
argument is a template to be used for the search filter; %u will be
replaced with the GID that is being looked up. By default, the
search filter template
"(&(gidNumber=%u)(objectclass=posixGroup))" is used. Search
filter templates are only supported in mod_ldap v2.7 and
later.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3983"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN3986"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPDOUIDLOOKUPS"
></A
>
LDAPDoUIDLookups</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN3997"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPDoUIDLookups -- Enable LDAP lookups for UIDs in directory listings
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4000"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPDoUIDLookups</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"search-filter-template"</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"uid-base-prefix"</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPDoUIDLookups off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4032"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This configuration directive activates LDAP UID-to-name
lookups in directory listings. The second argument to this directive
is the LDAP prefix to use for UID-to-name lookups. The third
argument is a template to be used for the search filter; %u will be
replaced with the UID that is being looked up. By default, the
search filter template
"(&(uidNumber=%u)(objectclass=posixAccount))" is used. Search
filter templates are only supported in mod_ldap v2.7 and
later.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4035"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4038"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPFORCEDEFAULTGID"
></A
>
LDAPForceDefaultGID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4049"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPForceDefaultGID -- Force all LDAP-authenticated users to use the same GID.</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4052"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Syntax: LDAPForceDefaultGID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPForceDefaultGID off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.8 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4080"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Even when a <A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTGID"
>LDAPDefaultGID</A
>
is configured, mod_ldap will allow individual users to have
gidNumber attributes that will override this default GID. With
LDAPForceDefaultGID enabled, all LDAP-authenticated users are given
the default GID; GIDs may not be overridden by gidNumber
attributes.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4084"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4087"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPFORCEDEFAULTUID"
></A
>
LDAPForceDefaultUID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4098"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPForceDefaultUID -- Force all LDAP-authenticated users to use the same UID.</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4101"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Syntax: LDAPForceDefaultUID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPForceDefaultUID off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.8 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4129"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Even when a <A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTUID"
>LDAPDefaultUID</A
>
is configured, mod_ldap will allow individual users to have
uidNumber attributes that will override this default UID. With
LDAPForceDefaultUID enabled, all LDAP-authenticated users are given
the default UID; UIDs may not be overridden by uidNumber
attributes.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4133"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4136"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
></A
>
LDAPHomedirOnDemand</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4147"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand -- Enable the creation of user home directories on demand
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4150"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>directory-mode</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPHomedirOnDemand off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4180"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand activates on-demand home directory creation.
If a user logs in and does not yet have a home directory, a home
directory is created automatically.</P
><P
>In mod_ldap <= 2.7.6, the home directory will be owned by the
same user and group that ProFTPD runs as (see the User and Group
configuration directives). mod_ldap >= 2.8 can create home
directories for users with any UID/GID, not just those with the same
UID/GID as the main ProFTPD server.</P
><P
>The second argument allows you to specify the mode (default
permissions) to use when creating home directories on demand,
subject to ProFTPD's umask (see the Umask directive). If no
directory mode is specified, the default of 0755 is used. Directory
mode setting is only supported in mod_ldap v2.7 or later.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4185"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4188"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIX"
></A
>
LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4199"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix -- Enable the creation of user home directories on demand
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4202"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>leading-path</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.8 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4229"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix enables a prefix to be specified for
on-demand home directory creation. This is most useful if mod_ldap
is being used to authenticate against an LDAP directory that does
not return a homeDirectory attribute, either because it cannot
(Microsoft Active Directory, for example) or because you do not wish
to extend your existing directory schema.</P
><P
>For example, setting this directive to "/home" and logging in
as the user "joe" would result in his home directory being created
as "/home/joe". The directory will be created with the mode
specified in <A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand</A
>. To use
this directive, <A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand</A
> must be
enabled.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4235"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4238"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
></A
>
LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4249"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4252"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4279"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4282"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4285"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDSUFFIX"
></A
>
LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4297"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix -- Specify an additional directory to be created inside a user's
home directory on demand.
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4300"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>additional-directory1</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>additional-directory2</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>additional-directory3</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix ""
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.6 and later.
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4329"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>to be created within a user's home directory when it is
created on demand. For example, if a user's home directory is
"/home/user", setting this configuration directive to "public_html"
will also create "/home/user/public_html" on demand. In mod_ldap
v2.7.6 and earlier, you must also activate LDAPHomedirOnDemand in
your configuration.</P
><P
>mod_ldap >= 2.8 supports multiple suffix arguments and does
not require LDAPHomedirOnDemand to be enabled.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4333"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4336"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPNEGATIVECACHE"
></A
>
LDAPNegativeCache</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4347"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPNegativeCache -- Enable negative caching for LDAP lookups</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4350"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPNegativeCache</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPNegativeCache off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v1.1 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4378"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>LDAPNegativeCache specifies whether or not to cache negative
responses from the LDAP server when using LDAP for UID/GID lookups.
This option is useful if you also use/are in transition from another
authentication system; if there are many users in your old
authentication system that aren't in the LDAP database, there can be
a significant delay when a directory listing is performed as the
UIDs not in the LDAP database are repeatedly looked up in an attempt
to present usernames instead of UIDs in directory listings. With
LDAPNegativeCache set to on, negative ("not found") responses from
the LDAP server will be cached and speed will improve on directory
listings that contain many users not present in the LDAP
database.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4381"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4384"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPQUERYTIMEOUT"
></A
>
LDAPQueryTimeout</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4395"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPQueryTimeout -- Set a timeout for LDAP queries</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4398"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPQueryTimeout</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>timeout-seconds</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPQueryTimeout default-api-timeout
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4425"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Sets the timeout used for LDAP directory queries. The default
is the default timeout used by your LDAP API.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4428"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4431"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPSEARCHSCOPE"
></A
>
LDAPSearchScope</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4442"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPSearchScope -- Specify the search scope used in LDAP queries</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4445"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPSearchScope</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>onelevel</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>subtree</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPSearchScope subtree
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.6 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4473"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Set the scope used for LDAP searches. The default setting,
subtree, searches for all entries in the tree from the current level
down. Setting this directive to onelevel searches only one level
deep in the LDAP tree.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4476"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4479"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPSERVER"
></A
>
LDAPServer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4490"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPServer -- Specify the LDAP server to use for lookups</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4493"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LDAPServer</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"hostname1:port1 hostname2:port2"</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPServer "localhost"
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v1.0 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4520"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>LDAPServer allows you to to specify the hostname(s) and
port(s) of the LDAP server(s) to use for LDAP authentication. If no
LDAPServer configuration directive is present, the default LDAP
servers specified by your LDAP API will be used.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4523"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4526"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LDAPUSETLS"
></A
>
LDAPUseTLS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4537"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LDAPUseTLS -- Enable TLS/SSL connections to the LDAP server.</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4540"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Syntax: LDAPUseTLS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> LDAPUseTLS off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ldap
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_ldap v2.8 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4568"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>By default, mod_ldap connects to the LDAP server via a
non-encrypted connection. Enabling this option causes mod_ldap to
use an encrypted (TLS/SSL) connection to the LDAP server. If a
secure connection to the LDAP server fails, mod_ldap will not
authenticate users (mod_ldap will *not* fall back to an unsecure
connection).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4571"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4574"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LEECHRATIOMSG"
></A
>
LeechRatioMsg</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4585"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LeechRatioMsg -- Sets the 'over ratio' error message</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4588"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LeechRatioMsg</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>LeechRatioMsg foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4615"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The LeechRatioMsg directive defines the response message sent
back to the client upon breaking their quota limits.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4618"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4621"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>LeechRatioMsg "please upload as well as download"</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LIMIT"
></A
>
Limit</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4633"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Limit -- Set the commands/actions to be controlled</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4636"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Limit</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
><Limit command|command-group [command2 ..]></TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4663"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Limit configuration block is used to place access restrictions on one or
more FTP commands, within a given context. Limits flow downward, so that a Limit
configuration in the server config context applies to all <Directory>
and <Anonymous> blocks that also
reside in the configuration; until it is overridden by a "lower" <Limit>
block. Any number of command parameters can be specified,
against which the contents of the <Limit> block will be applied. command
can be any valid FTP command, but is generally one of the following:
CWD (Change Working Directory)
Sent by client when changing directories.
MKD / XMKD (MaKe Directory)
Sent by client to create a new directory.
RNFR (ReName FRom), RNTO (ReName TO)
Sent as a pair by client to rename a directory entry.
DELE (DELEte)
Sent by client to delete a file.
RMD / XRMD (ReMove Directory)
Sent by client to remove a directory.
RETR (RETRieve)
Transfer a file from the server to the client.
STOR (STORe)
Transfer a file from the client to the server.
In addition, the following command-groups are accepted.
They have a lower precedence than real commands, meaning that a real command
limit will always be applied instead of the command-group.
READ
All FTP commands which deal with file reading (directory listing not included):
RETR, SITE, SIZE, STAT
WRITE
All FTP commands which deal with file or directory write/creation/deletion:
APPE, DELE, MKD, RMD, RNTO, STOR, XMKD, XRMD
DIRS
All FTP commands which deal with directory listing:
CDUP, CWD, LIST, MDTM, NLST, PWD, RNFR, XCUP, XCWD, XPWD
ALL
ALL FTP commands (identical to READ WRITE DIRS). Note this group has the
lowest precedence of all; it will not override a limit imposed by another
command-group (e.g. DIRS).
Finally, a special command is allowed which can be used to control login access:
LOGIN
Connection or login to the server. Applying a <Limit> to this pseudo-command
can be used to allow or deny initial connection or login to the context. It
has no effect, and is ignored, when used in a context other than server config,
<VirtualHost> or <Anonymous>
(i.e. using it in a <Directory> context is
meaningless).
<Limit> command restrictions should not be confused with file/directory
access permission. While limits can be used to restrict a command on a certain
directory, they cannot be used to override the file permissions inherent to
the base operating/file system.
The following FTP commands cannot be restricted via <Limit>:
ABOR
HELP
MODE (not implemented, always S)
NOOP
PASS (use <Limit LOGIN>)
PASV
PORT
QUIT
REST (use AllowRetrieveRestart, AllowStoreRestart)
STRU (not implemented, always F)
SYST
TYPE
USER (use <Limit LOGIN>)</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4666"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>See Also: IgnoreHidden</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4669"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LOGFORMAT"
></A
>
LogFormat</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4680"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LogFormat -- Specify a logging format</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4683"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LogFormat</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>LogFormat nickname "format-string"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>LogFormat default "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %s %b"</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_log</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6pl1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4710"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The LogFormat directive can be used to create a custom logging format for use
with the ExtendedLog directive. Once created, the
format can be referenced by the specified nickname.
The format-string argument can consist of any combination
of letters, numbers and symbols. The special character % is
used to start a meta-sequence (see below). To insert a literal % character,
use %%.</P
><P
>The following meta sequences are available and are replaced as indicated
when logging.
%a
Remote client IP address
%A
Anonymous username (password given), or UNKNOWN if non-anonymous
%b
Bytes sent for request
%{FOOBAR}e
Contents of environment variable FOOBAR. Note that the server does not set
any environment variables itself.
%f
Filename stored or retrieved, absolute path (not chrooted)
%F
Filename stored or retrieved, as the client sees it
%h
Remote client DNS name
%l
Remote username (from ident), or UNKNOWN if ident lookup failed
%L
Local server IP address
%m
Command (method) name received from client, e.g., RETR
%p
Local server port number
%P
Local server process id (pid)
%r
Full command line received from client
%s
Numeric FTP response code (status)
%t
Current local time
%{format}t
Current local time formatted (strftime(3) format)
%T
Time taken to transmit/receive file, in seconds
%u
Local authenticated userid
%v
ServerName of server handling session
%V
DNS name of server handling session</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4714"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#EXTENDEDLOG"
>ExtendedLog</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TRANSFERLOG"
>TransferLog</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4719"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LOGINPASSWORDPROMPT"
></A
>
LoginPasswordPrompt</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4730"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LoginPasswordPrompt -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4733"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LoginPasswordPrompt</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>LoginPasswordPrompt on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>LoginPasswordPrompt on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4760"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>If set to off, ProFTPd will skip the password request if the
login will be denied regardless of password, e.g., if a <Limit LOGIN>
directive forbids the connection.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4763"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4766"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="LSDEFAULTOPTIONS"
></A
>
LsDefaultOptions</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4777"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>LsDefaultOptions -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4780"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>LsDefaultOptions</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>LsDefaultOptions "options string"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4807"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, FTP commands involving directory listings (NLST, LIST and STAT)
use the arguments (options) passed by the client to determine what files are
displayed and the format they are displayed in. Using the LsDefaultOptions
directive can alter the default behavior of such listings, but implying that
a certain option (or options) is always present. For example, to force all
directory listings to always display ".dotfiles", one might:
LsDefaultOptions "-a"</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4810"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4813"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MASQUERADEADDRESS"
></A
>
MasqueradeAddress</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4824"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MasqueradeAddress -- Configure the server address presented to clients</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4827"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MasqueradeAddress</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MasqueradeAddress ip-address|dns-hostname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4854"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>MasqueradeAddress causes the server to display the network information for
the specified IP address or DNS hostname to the client, on the assumption
that that IP address or DNS host is acting as a NAT gateway or port forwarder
for the server.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4857"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4860"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
> MasqueradeAddress nat-gw.mydomain.com</P
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXCLIENTS"
></A
>
MaxClients</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4872"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxClients -- Limits the number of users that can connect</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4875"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxClients</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxClients number|none [message]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxClients none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4902"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxClients directive configures the maximum number of authenticated clients
which may be logged into a server or anonymous account. Once this limit is
reached, additional clients attempting to authenticate will be disconnected.
The special value none may be supplied which removes
all maximum connection limits from the applicable configuration context. Additionally,
an optional message argument may be used which will
be displayed to a client attempting to exceed the maximum value; immediately
before disconnection. The message argument is parsed
for the magic string "%m", which is replaced with
the configured maximum value. If message is not
supplied, a system-wide default message is used.
Example:
MaxClients 5 "Sorry, the maximum number of allowed users are already
connected (%m)"
Results in:
530 Sorry, the maximum number of allowed users are already connected
(5)</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4905"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4908"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
></A
>
MaxClientsPerHost</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4919"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxClientsPerHost -- Limits the connections per client machine</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4922"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxClientsPerHost</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxClientsPerHost number|none [message]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxClientsPerHost none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4949"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxClientsPerHost directive configures the maximum number of clients
allowed to connect per host. The optional argument message
may be used which will be displayed to a client attempting to exceed the maximum
value. If message is not supplied, a default message of
"Sorry, the maximum number clients (%m) from your host are already connected."
is used. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4952"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>MaxClients, MaxHostsPerUser</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4955"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>MaxClientsPerHost 1 "Sorry, you may not connect more than one time."
Results in: 530 Sorry, you may not connect more than one time.</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXCLIENTSPERUSER"
></A
>
MaxClientsPerUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4967"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxClientsPerUser -- Limit the number of connections per userid</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN4970"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxClientsPerUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxClientsPerUser number|none [message]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxClientsPerUser none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN4997"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxClientsPerUser directive configures the maximum number of clients
that may be connected at any given time using the same user name. The
optional argument message may be used which will be displayed to a client
attempting to exceed the maximum value. If message is not supplied, a default
message of "Sorry, the maximum number of clients (%m) for this user
already connected."</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5000"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTS"
>MaxClients</A
>,
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
>MaxClientsPerHost</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXHOSTSPERUSER"
>MaxHostsPerUser</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5006"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>MaxClientsPerUser 1 "Only one such user at a time."
Results in: 530 Only one such user at a time.</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXCONNECTIONRATE"
></A
>
MaxConnectionRate</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5018"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxConnectionRate -- Maximum TCP socket connection rate</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5021"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxConnectionRate</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>connections per second</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5048"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Set the maxiumum rate at which new TCP connections are accepted, this
applies to the entire server, therefore too low a value on a high
traffic server can result in all VirtualHosts being made unavailable
due to normal traffic levels.</P
><P
>The value is the number of connections in a given second at which
the block comes into effect, thus a value of "1" will result in all
connections being blocked.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5052"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5055"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>MaxConnectionRate 4</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXHOSTSPERUSER"
></A
>
MaxHostsPerUser</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5067"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxHostsPerUser -- Limit the number of connections per userid</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5070"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxHostsPerUser</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxHostsPerUser number|none [message]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxHostsPerUser none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.4 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5097"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxHostsPerUser directive configures the maximum number of times
different hosts, using a given login, can connect at any given time. The
optional argument message may be used which will be displayed to a client
attempting to exceed the maximum value. If message is not supplied, a default
message of "Sorry, the maximum number of hosts (%m) for this user
already connected."</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5100"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTS"
>MaxClients</A
>,
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
>MaxClientsPerHost</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5105"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>MaxHostsPerUser 1 "Sorry, you may not connect more than one time."
Results in: 530 Sorry, you may not connect more than one time.</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXINSTANCES"
></A
>
MaxInstances</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5117"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxInstances -- Sets the maximum number of child processes to be spawned</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5120"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxInstances</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxInstances number</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxInstances none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6pl1</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5147"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxInstances directive configures the maximum number of child processes
that may be spawned by a parent proftpd process in standalone
mode. The directive has no effect when used on a server running in inetd
mode.
Because each child proftpd process represents a single client connection,
this directive also controls the maximum number of simultaneous connections
allowed. Additional connections beyond the configured limit are syslog'd and
silently disconnected. The MaxInstances directive can be used to prevent undesirable
denial-of-service attacks (repeatedly connecting to the ftp port, causing
proftpd to fork-bomb). By default, no limit is placed on the number of child
processes that may run at one time.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5150"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5153"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXLOGINATTEMPTS"
></A
>
MaxLoginAttempts</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5164"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxLoginAttempts -- Sets how many password attempts are allowed before disconnection</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5167"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxLoginAttempts</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MaxLoginAttempts number</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MaxLoginAttempts 3</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5194"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The MaxLoginAttempts directive configures the maximum number of times a client
may attempt to authenticate to the server during a given connection. After
the number of attempts exceeds this value, the user is disconnected and an
appropriate message is logged via the syslog mechanism.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5197"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5200"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
></A
>
MaxRetrieveFileSize</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5211"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxRetrieveFileSize -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5214"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxRetrieveFileSize</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5241"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5244"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5247"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
></A
>
MaxStoreFileSize</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5259"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MaxStoreFileSize -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5262"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MaxStoreFileSize</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5289"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5292"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5295"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MULTILINERFC2228"
></A
>
MultilineRFC2228</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5307"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MultilineRFC2228 -- Enable RFC2228 multiline response mode</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5310"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MultilineRFC2228</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>MultilineRFC2228 on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>MultilineRFC2228 off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre3 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5337"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>By default, proftpd sends multiline responses as per RFC 959, i.e.:
200-First line
More lines...
200 Last line
RFC 2228 specifies that "6xy"
response codes will be sent as follows:
600-First line
600-More lines...
600 Last line
Note that 2228 ONLY specifies this for response codes starting with
'6'. Enabling this directive causes ALL responses to be sent in this
format, which may be more compatible with certain web browsers and clients.
Also note that this is NOT the same as wu-ftpd's multiline responses,
which do not comply with any RFC. Using this method of multilines is more likely
to be compatible with all clients, although it isn't strictly RFC, and is thus
not enabled by default.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5340"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5343"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MYSQLINFO"
></A
>
MySQLInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5354"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>MySQLInfo -- Configures the MySQL driver</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5357"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>MySQLInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>hostname</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>sqluser</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>sqlpass</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>dbname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5390"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated as of 1.2.0. Please use
SQLConnectInfo instead.</P
><P
>Configures the MySQL database driver (the database may be
remote). A connection isn't made until use of a SQL feature requires
it, after which it may be held open for the lifetime of the FTP
session depending on the directives in use. Use `""' to specify a
null password.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5394"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5397"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ORDER"
></A
>
Order</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5408"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Order -- Configures the precedence of the Limit directives</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5411"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Order</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Order allow,deny|deny,allow</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Order allow,deny</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Limit></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5438"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Order directive configures the order in which Allow and Deny directives are checked inside of a <Limit> block. Because Allow directives are permissive, and Deny directives restrictive, the order in which they are examined can significantly alter the way security functions. If the default setting of allow,deny is used, "allowed" access permissions are checked first. If an Allow directive explicitly allows access to the <Limit> context, access is granted and any Deny directives are never checked. If Allow did not explicitly permit access, Deny directives are checked. If any Deny directive applies, access is explicitly denied. Otherwise, access is granted. When deny,allow is used, "deny" access
restrictions are checked first. If any restriction applies, access is denied
immediately. If nothing is denied, Allow permissions
are checked. If an Allow explicitly permits access, access
to the entire context is permitted; otherwise access is implicitly denied.
For clarification, the following illustrates the steps used when checking
Allow/Deny access:
Order allow,deny
Check Allow directives. If one or more apply, exit with result: ALLOW
Check Deny directives. If one or more apply, exit with result: DENY
Exit with default implicit ALLOW
Order deny,allow
Check Deny directives. If one or more apply, exit with result: DENY
Check Allow directives. If one or more apply, exit with result: ALLOW
Exit with default implicit: DENY</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5441"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5444"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PASSIVEPORTS"
></A
>
PassivePorts</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5455"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PassivePorts -- Specify the ftp-data port range to be used</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5458"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PassivePorts</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>PassivePorts min-pasv-port max-pasv-port</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5485"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>PassivePorts restricts the range of ports from which the server
will select when sent the PASV command from a client. The server will
randomly choose a number from within the specified range until an open
port is found. Should no open ports be found within the given range,
the server will default to a normal kernel-assigned port, and a
message logged.</P
><P
>The port range selected must be in the non-privileged range
(eg. greater than or equal to 1024); it is STRONGLY
RECOMMENDED that the chosen range be large enough to handle many
simultaneous passive connections (for example, 49152-65534, the
IANA-registered ephemeral port range).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5489"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5492"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># Use the IANA registered ephemeral port range
PassivePorts 49152 65534</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PATHALLOWFILTER"
></A
>
PathAllowFilter</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5504"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PathAllowFilter -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5507"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PathAllowFilter</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>PathAllowFilter regular-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5534"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>PathAllowFilter allows the configuration of a regular expression that must
be matched for all newly uploaded (stored) files. The regular expression is
applied against the entire pathname specified by the client, so care must
be taken when creating a proper regex. Paths that fail the regex match result
in a "Forbidden filename" error being returned to the client.
If the regular-expression argument contains whitespace,
it must be enclosed in quotes.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5537"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5540"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># Only allow a-z 0-9 . - _ in file names,
PathAllowFilter ^[a-z0-9._-]+$
# as above but with upper case characters as well
PathAllowFilter ^[A-Za-z0-9._-]+$</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PATHDENYFILTER"
></A
>
PathDenyFilter</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5552"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PathDenyFilter -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5555"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PathDenyFilter</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>PathDenyFilter regular-expression</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5582"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Similar to PathAllowFilter, PathDenyFilter
specifies a regular expression which must not match any uploaded
pathnames. If the regex does match, a "Forbidden filename" error is returned
to the client. This can be especially useful for forbidding .ftpaccess or
.htaccess files.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5585"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5588"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
># We don't want .ftpaccess or .htaccess files to be uploaded
PathDenyFilter "(\\.ftpaccess)|(\\.htaccess)$"</PRE
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PERSISTENTPASSWD"
></A
>
PersistentPasswd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5600"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PersistentPasswd -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5603"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PersistentPasswd</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>PersistentPasswd on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Platform dependent</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_unixpw</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5630"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The PersistentPasswd directive controls how proftpd handles authentication,
user/group lookups, and user/group to name mapping. If set to On, proftpd
will attempt to open the system-wide /etc/passwd, /etc/group (and /etc/shadow,
potentially) files itself, holding them open even during a chroot()ed login
(note that /etc/shadow is never held open, for security reasons). On some
platforms, you must turn this option on, as the libc functions are incapable
of accessing these databases from inside of a chroot(). At configure-time,
the configuration script will attempt to detect whether or not you need this
support, and make it the default. However, such "guessing" may fail,
and you will have to manually enable or disable the feature. If you cannot
see user or group names when performing a directory listing inside an anonymous
chrooted login, this indicates you must enable the directive. Use of the AuthUserFile
or
AuthGroupFile directives will force partial support
for persistent user or group database files; regardless of PersistentPasswd's
setting.</P
><P
>Note: NIS or NIS+ users will most likely want to disable this feature,
regardless of proftpd's detected configuration defaults. Failure to disable
this will make your NIS/NIS+ maps not work! On certain systems, you may also
need to compile ProFTPD with the --enable-autoshadow option in order to
authenticate both users from NIS maps and local users.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5634"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5637"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PIDFILE"
></A
>
PidFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5648"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PidFile -- Set the filepath to hold the pid of the master server</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5651"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PidFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>PidFile filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5678"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The PidFile directive sets the file to which the server records
the process id of the daemon. The filename should be relative to the
system root, ie /var/run/proftpd/pidfile. The PidFile is only used
in standalone mode.
It is often useful to be able to send the server a signal, so
that it closes and then reopens its ErrorLog and TransferLog, and
re-reads its configuration files. This is done by sending a SIGHUP
(kill -1) signal to the process id of the master daemon listed in
the PidFile.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5681"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5684"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="PORT"
></A
>
Port</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5695"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Port -- Set the port for the control socket</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5698"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Port</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Port port-number</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>Port 21</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5725"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Port directive configures the TCP port which proftpd will listen on while
running in standalone mode. It has no effect when used upon a server running in
inetd mode (see ServerType). The directive can be used in conjunction with
<VirtualHost> in order to run a virtual server on the same IP address
as the master server, but listening on a different port.</P
><P
>For any server, either <VirtualHost> or server config, setting
Port 0 effectively turns off that server.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5729"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5732"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="POSTGRESINFO"
></A
>
PostgresInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5743"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PostgresInfo -- Postgres backend configuration (Deprecated)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5746"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PostgresInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>hostname</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[sqluser</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>sqlpass]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>dbname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5779"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated, please use SQLConnectInfo
instead.</P
><P
>Configures the Posgresql database driver (the database may be
remote). A connection isn't made until use of a SQL feature requires
it, after which it may be held open for the lifetime of the FTP
session depending on the directives in use.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5783"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5786"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
> <P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>PostgresInfo myserver.example.com proftpd wibble ftpusers</P
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="POSTGRESPORT"
></A
>
PostgresPort</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5798"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>PostgresPort -- Sets the port postgres is listening on</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5801"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>PostgresPort</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>portnumber</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>5432</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5828"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated, please use SQLConnectInfo
instead</P
><P
>Specifies which TCP/IP port to use for connecting. Default is 5432,
or UNIX socket for localhost.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5832"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5835"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>PostgresPort 3306</P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RLIMITCPU"
></A
>
RLimitCPU</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5847"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RLimitCPU -- Configure the maximum CPU time in seconds used by a process</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5850"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RLimitCPU</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RLimitCPU soft-limit|"max" [hard-limit|"max"]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>System defaults</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5877"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RLimitCPU takes 1 or 2 parameters. The first parameter sets the soft resource
limit for all proftpd processes. The optional second parameter sets the
maximum resource limit. Either parameter can be a number, or max to
indicate to the server that the limit should be set to the maximum allowed
by the operating system configuration.</P
><P
>CPU resource limits are expressed in seconds per process.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5881"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#RLIMITMEMORY"
>RLimitMemory</A
>,
<A
HREF="#RLIMITOPENFILES"
>RLimitOpenFiles</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5886"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RLIMITMEMORY"
></A
>
RLimitMemory</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5897"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RLimitMemory -- Configure the maximum memory in bytes used by a process</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5900"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RLimitMemory</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RLimitMemory soft-limit[units]|"max" [hard-limit[units]|"max"]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5927"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RLimitMemory takes 1 or 2 parameters. The first parameter sets the soft resource
limit for all proftpd processes. The optional second parameter sets the
maximum resource limit. Either parameter can be a number, or max to
indicate to the server that the limit should be set to the maximum allowed
by the operating system configuration.</P
><P
>Memory resource limits are expressed in bytes per process. An optional
case-insensitive units specifier may follow the number of bytes given:
G (Gigabytes), M (Megabytes), K (Kilobytes), or B (bytes). If the units
specifier is used, the given number of bytes is multiplied by the appropriate
factor.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5931"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>RLimitCPU, RLimitMaxProcesses, RLimitOpenFiles</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RLIMITOPENFILES"
></A
>
RLimitOpenFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5942"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RLimitOpenFiles -- Configure the maximum number of open files used by a process</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5945"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RLimitOpenFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RLimitOpenFiles soft-limit|"max" [hard-limit|"max"]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5972"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RLimitOpenFiles takes 1 or 2 parameters. The first parameter sets the soft
resource limit for all proftpd processes. The optional second parameter sets
the maximum resource limit. Either parameter can be a number, or max to
indicate to the server that the limit should be set to the maximum allowed
by the operating system configuration.</P
><P
>File resource limits are expressed in number of files per process.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN5976"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
>RLimitCPU, RLimitMaxProcesses, RLimitMemory</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSACCTSERVER"
></A
>
RadiusAcctServer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5987"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusAcctServer -- Setup RADIUS accounting details</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN5990"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusAcctServer</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>server[:port] shared-secret [timeout]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6017"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusAcctServer is used to specify a RADIUS server to be used for accounting. The server parameter may be either an IP address or a DNS hostname. If not specified, the port used will be the IANA-registered 1813. The optional timeout parameter is used to tell mod_radius how long to wait for a response from the server; it defaults to 30 seconds.</P
><P
>Multiple RadiusAcctServers may be configured; each will be tried, in order of appearance in the configuration file, until that server times out or mod_radius receives a response.</P
><P
>If no RadiusAcctServers are configured, mod_radius will not use RADIUS for accounting.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6022"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#RADIUSAUTHSERVER"
>RadiusAuthServer</A
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSAUTHSERVER"
></A
>
RadiusAuthServer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6034"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusAuthServer -- Setup RADIUS authenticator details</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6037"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusAuthServer</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>server[:port] shared-secret [timeout]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6064"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusAcctServer is used to specify a RADIUS server to be used for accounting. The server parameter may be either an IP address or a DNS hostname. If not specified, the port used will be the IANA-registered 1813. The optional timeout parameter is used to tell mod_radius how long to wait for a response from the server; it defaults to 30 seconds.</P
><P
>Multiple RadiusAcctServers may be configured; each will be tried, in order of appearance in the configuration file, until that server times out or mod_radius receives a response.</P
><P
>If no RadiusAcctServers are configured, mod_radius will not use RADIUS for accounting.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6069"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#RADIUSAUTHSERVER"
>RadiusAuthServer</A
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSENGINE"
></A
>
RadiusEngine</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6081"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusEngine -- Enable RADIUS support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6084"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusEngine</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6111"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusEngine directive enables or disables the module's runtime RADIUS engine. If it is set to off this module does no RADIUS authentication or accounting at all. Use this directive to disable the module instead of commenting out all mod_radius directives. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6114"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSLOG"
></A
>
RadiusLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6125"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusLog -- Specify the logfile for reporting / debugging</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6128"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"file"|none</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6155"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusLog directive is used to a specify a log file for mod_radius
reporting and debugging, and can be done a per-server basis. The file
parameter must be the full path to the file to use for logging. Note
that this path must not be to a world-writeable directory and, unless
AllowLogSymlinks is explicitly set to on (generally a bad idea), the
path must not be a symbolic link.</P
><P
>If file is "none", no logging will be done at all; this setting can be
used to override a RadiusLog setting inherited from a <Global> context.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6159"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6162"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSREALM"
></A
>
RadiusRealm</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6174"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusRealm -- Setup the authentication realm</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6177"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusRealm</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>realm</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6204"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusRealm directive configures a realm string that will be added to the username in the constructed RADIUS packets.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6207"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6210"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
> RadiusRealm .castaglia.org</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RADIUSUSERINFO"
></A
>
RadiusUserInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6222"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RadiusUserInfo -- Configure login information via RADIUS</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6225"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RadiusUserInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>uid gid home shell [suppl-group-names suppl-group-ids]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_radius</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6252"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RadiusUserInfo directive is used to configure login information used for every user authenticated via RADIUS. The optional suppl-group-names and suppl-group-ids parameters are used to specify supplemental group membership for each user; the number of names and IDs must match if these parameters are used.</P
><P
>In order to support RADIUS servers that may use custom attributes in their Access-Accept response packets to supply user information back to the RADIUS client (mod_radius in this case), this directive allows the following syntax for some of its parameters:</P
><P
> <P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
> $(attribute-id:default-value)</P
> </P
><P
>where the enclosing $() signals that the parameter is to be supplied by
the RADIUS server, attribute-id is the custom attribute ID for which to
search in the response packet, and default-value is the value to use in
case the requested attribute is not present in the response packet. This
syntax is not supported for the suppl-group-names or suppl-group-ids
parameters.</P
><P
>If RadiusUserInfo is not used, mod_radius will perform pure "yes/no"
authentication only, in the style of PAM. The information that would
have been configured via this directive will be pulled from other sources
(e.g. /etc/passwd, AuthUserFiles, MySQL tables, etc).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6260"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEREADBPS"
></A
>
RateReadBPS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6271"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateReadBPS -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6274"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateReadBPS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateReadBPS byte_per_sec-number</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6301"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateReadBPS sets the allowed byte per second download bandwidth in the given
config context. Zero means no bandwidth limit. (See RateReadFreeBytes
about limiting bandwidth only after some amount of downloaded bytes.) The
usual place for this directive is in <VirtualHost> or <Directory> sections. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6304"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6307"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEREADFREEBYTES"
></A
>
RateReadFreeBytes</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6318"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateReadFreeBytes -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6321"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateReadFreeBytes</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateReadFreeBytes number of bytes</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6348"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateReadFreeBytes is the amount of bytes to be transferred without any bandwidth
limits, so with that option you can give full bandwidth for small files
while limiting big ones. (See RateReadHardBPS
on further info about what happens after the free amount was transferred.) </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6351"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6354"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEREADHARDBPS"
></A
>
RateReadHardBPS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6365"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateReadHardBPS -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6368"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateReadHardBPS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateReadHardBPS on/off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6395"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateReadHardBPS forces the bandwidth to the given RateReadBPS
value after the RateReadFreeBytes amount
of file was transfered. This means that if the user have huge bandwidth and
downloaded the "free" amount fast, HardBPS will stop the transfer until the
average goes down to the given limit. If the amount of FreeBytes is high and
the ReadBPS is low then the user may wait for extended periods of time until
the transfer continues. :-)</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6398"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6401"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEWRITEBPS"
></A
>
RateWriteBPS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6412"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateWriteBPS -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6415"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateWriteBPS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateWriteBPS byte_per_sec-number</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6442"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateWriteBPS sets the allowed byte per second upload bandwidth
in the given config context. Zero means no bandwidth limit. (See
RateWriteFreeBytes about limiting bandwidth only after some amount
of uploaded bytes.) The usual place for this directive is in
<VirtualHost> or <Directory> sections.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6445"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6448"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEWRITEFREEBYTES"
></A
>
RateWriteFreeBytes</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6459"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateWriteFreeBytes -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6462"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateWriteFreeBytes</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateWriteFreeBytes number of bytes</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6489"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateWriteFreeBytes is the amount of bytes to be transferred without any bandwidth
limits, so with that option you can give full bandwidth for small files
while limiting big ones. (See RateWriteHardBPS
on further info about what happens after the free amount was transferred.) </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6492"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6495"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATEWRITEHARDBPS"
></A
>
RateWriteHardBPS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6506"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RateWriteHardBPS -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6509"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RateWriteHardBPS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RateWriteHardBPS on/off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Directory>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6536"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>RateWriteHardBPS forces the bandwidth to the given RateWriteBPS
value after the RateWriteFreeBytes amount
of file was transfered. This means that if the user have huge bandwidth and
uploaded the "free" amount fast, HardBPS will stop the transfer until the
average goes down to the given limit. If the amount of FreeBytes is high and
the WriteBPS is low then the user may wait for extended periods of time until
the transfer continues. :-)
RateWriteHardBPS
RatioFile (mod_ratio) Incomplete
Ratios (mod_ratio) Incomplete
RatioTempFile (mod_ratio) Incomplete</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6539"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6542"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATIOFILE"
></A
>
RatioFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6553"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RatioFile -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6556"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RatioFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RatioFile foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6583"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RatioFile directive ....
Example:
RatioFile</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6586"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6589"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATIOTEMPFILE"
></A
>
RatioTempFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6600"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RatioTempFile -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6603"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RatioTempFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RatioTempFile foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6630"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RatioTempFile directive ....
Example:
RatioTempFile</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6633"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6636"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="RATIOS"
></A
>
Ratios</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6647"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Ratios -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6650"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Ratios</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Ratios foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6677"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The Ratios directive ....
Example:
Ratios</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6680"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6683"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="REQUIREVALIDSHELL"
></A
>
RequireValidShell</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6694"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RequireValidShell -- Allow connections based on /etc/shells</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6697"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RequireValidShell</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RequireValidShell on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>RequireValidShell on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6724"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The RequireValidShell directive configures the server, virtual host or anonymous
login to allow or deny logins which do not have a shell binary listed in /etc/shells.
By default, proftpd disallows logins if the user's default shell is not listed
in /etc/shells. If /etc/shells cannot be found, all default shells are assumed
to be valid.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6727"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6730"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="ROOTLOGIN"
></A
>
RootLogin</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6741"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>RootLogin -- Permit root user logins</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6744"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>RootLogin</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>RootLogin on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>RootLogin off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6771"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, proftpd disallows root logins under any circumstance. If a client
attempts to login as root, using the correct password, a special security
message is sent to syslog. When the RootLogin directive is turned On, the
root user may authenticate just as any other user could (assuming no other
access control measures deny access); however the root login security message
is still sysloged. Obviously, extreme
care should be taken when using this directive.</P
><P
>The use of RootLogin in the Anonymous context is only valid when the User / Group defined in the Anonymous block is set to 'root'</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6775"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6778"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLAUTHTYPES"
></A
>
SQLAuthTypes</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6789"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLAuthTypes -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6792"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLAuthTypes</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[OpenSSL]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[Crypt]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[Backend]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[Plaintext]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[Empty]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6827"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive deprecates 'SQLEmptyPasswords',
'SQLScrambledPasswords', 'SQLSSLHashedPasswords',
'SQLPlaintextPasswords', and 'SQLEncryptedPasswords'.
Specifies the allowed authentication types and their check order. YOU
MUST SPECIFY AT LEAST ONE AUTHENTICATION METHOD.
For example:
SQLAuthTypes Crypt Empty
means check whether the password in the database matches in UNIX
crypt() format; if that fails, check to see if the password in the
database is empty (matching ANY given password); if that fails,
mod_sql refuses to authenticate the user.
Current Types
Plaintext: allows passwords in the database to be in plaintext
OpenSSL: allows passwords in the database to be of the form
'{digestname}hashedvalue'. This check is only available if
you define 'HAVE_OPENSSL' when you compile proftd and you
link with the OpenSSL 'crypto' library.
Crypt: allows passwords in the database to be in UNIX crypt() form
Backend: a database-specific backend check function. Not all
backends support this. Specifically, the MySQL backend
uses this type to authenticate MySQL 'PASSWORD()' encrypted
passwords. The Postgres backend does nothing.
Empty: allows empty passwords in the database, which match against
ANYTHING the user types in. The database field must be a
truly empty string -- that is, NULL values are never
accepted. BE VERY CAREFUL WITH THIS AUTHTYPE.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLAUTHENTICATE"
></A
>
SQLAuthenticate</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6838"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLAuthenticate -- Specify authentication methods and what to authenticate
</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6841"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLAuthenticate</B
> {on | off}</P
><P
> or</P
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLAuthenticate</B
> [ users [*]
] [ group [*]
] [ userset [fast]
] [ groupset [fast]
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> SQLAuthenticate <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>on</TT
>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_sql
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> 1.2.5rc1 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6881"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The SQLAuthenticate directive controls the behavior of mod_sql
regarding the authentication process. SQLAuthenticate can provide fine grained
control over authentication of logins and file access for both users and groups.
Using this directive, mod_sql can be configured to be the authoritative
authentication mechanism - in that case, mod_sql provides authentication and all
other authentication mechanisms will be bypassed.</P
><P
>The syntax for SQLAuthenticate can take one of two possible formats.
The simplest syntax is a simple <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>on | off</TT
> format:
<P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
>on</DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql will perform login authentication and will also control
file access using both user ID and group ID. This is equivalent to the
following alternative syntax:
<A
NAME="AEN6892"
></A
><BLOCKQUOTE
CLASS="BLOCKQUOTE"
><P
><TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
> SQLAuthenticate users groups userset groupset
</TT
></P
></BLOCKQUOTE
>
</P
></DD
><DT
>off</DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql will not perform user or group lookups nor will it
control file access or functionality.
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
>
</P
><P
>A more complex syntax is provided to provide finer control of the
behavior of mod_sql. Two features in particular may be controlled via this
syntax:
<P
></P
><UL
><LI
><P
> Authorititative lookups and authentication</P
></LI
><LI
><P
> File access or functionality control based on UID or GID</P
></LI
></UL
>
The following command options are used to control these features. Note
that each of these options may be listed in any order.
</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
>users[*]</DT
><DD
><P
>If this option is present, user lookups will take place.
Appending an asterisk to <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>users</TT
> will cause
mod_sql to become authoritiative for user lookups. All other user
authentication methods will be ignored. If this option is not included, mod_sql
will not perform any user lookups.
</P
></DD
><DT
>groups[*]</DT
><DD
><P
>If this option is present, group lookups will take place.
Appending an asterisk to <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>groups</TT
> will cause
mod_sql to become authoritiative for group lookups. All other authentication
methods will be ignored. If this option is not included, mod_sql will not
perform any group lookups.
</P
></DD
><DT
>userset[fast]</DT
><DD
><P
>If this option is present, mod_sql will control file access or
functionality by processing the (get|set|end)pwent calls. These calls are used
to determine file access rights based on username. This option has no effect if
the <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>user[*]</TT
> option is not present.</P
><P
>If mod_sql is used to authenticate a significant number of
users, the (set|get|end)pwent calls can become expensive. The number of queries
will be n+1, where n is the number of users to be looked up. On a large
system, this can significantly slow logins. Using the
<TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>usersetfast</TT
> option will cause a single query
to be performed to lookup all users, speeding up the login process. The
drawback to this option is that memory utilization will be increased.
</P
></DD
><DT
>groupset[fast]</DT
><DD
><P
>If this option is present, mod_sql will control file access or
functionality by processing the (get|set|end)grent calls. These calls are used
to determine file access rights based on groupname. This option has no effect
if the <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>group[*]</TT
> option is not present.</P
><P
>If mod_sql is used to authenticate a significant number of
groups, the (set|get|end)grent calls can become expensive. The number of
queries will be n+1, where n is the number of groups to be looked up. On a
large system, this can significantly slow logins. Using the
<TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>groupsetfast</TT
> option will cause a single query
to be performed to lookup all groups, speeding up the login process. The
drawback to this option is that memory utilization will be increased.
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
><P
>Turning off (not including) userset or groupset affects the
functionality of mod_sql. Not allowing these lookups may remove the ability to
control access or control functionality by group membership, depending on your
other auth handlers and the data available to them. At the same time, choosing
not to do these lookups may dramatically speed login for many large sites.
</P
><P
>The 'fast' suffix is not appropriate for every site. Normally,
mod_sql will retrieve a list of users and groups, and get information from the
database on a per-user or per-group basis. This is query intensive -- it
requires (n+1) queries, where n is the number of users or groups to lookup. By
choosing 'fast' lookups, mod_sql will make a single SELECT query to get
information from the database.
</P
><P
>In exchange for the radical reduction in the number of queries, the
single query will increase the memory consumption of the process -- all group
or user information will be read at once rather than in discrete chunks.
</P
><P
><SPAN
CLASS="bold"
><B
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note:</B
></SPAN
>If the
<TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>groupset</TT
> option is specified, mod_sql requires
that the SQL group table contain only a single record for each group. All
members of a group must be specified in the single record. Make sure that the
group table is created with a sufficent column size for group members - for
example, a MySQL group table should use type
<TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>TEXT</TT
> for the group members column, providing
65535 characters for listing all of the group members in a comma-separated list.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6938"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
> <A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
>SQLUserTable</A
> ,
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPTABLE"
>SQLGroupTable</A
> ,
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
>SQLUserInfo</A
> ,
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
>SQLGroupInfo</A
>
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6945"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>If user and group lookups are desired, but other means will be used to
perform file access control, and the user/group lookups are not to be
authoritatuve, the following directive syntax is appropriate. This is not a
particuarly interesting configuration.</P
><A
NAME="AEN6948"
></A
><BLOCKQUOTE
CLASS="BLOCKQUOTE"
><P
> <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
>SQLAuthenticate users groups</TT
>
</P
></BLOCKQUOTE
><P
>A more interesting configuration for mod_sql is shown below. In this
configuration, mod_sql is authoritative for both users and groups, and also
performs access control based on both user name and group membership. Utilizing
a configuration such as this removes the need to provide a shell account for
users on the server, while still providing "non-anonymous" ftp access with
access control. The "fast" option is also used to speed up logins, at the
expense of increased memory utilization.</P
><A
NAME="AEN6952"
></A
><BLOCKQUOTE
CLASS="BLOCKQUOTE"
><P
> <TT
CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
> SQLAuthenticate users* groups* usersetfast groupsetfast
</TT
>
</P
></BLOCKQUOTE
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
></A
>
SQLAuthoritative</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6963"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLAuthoritative -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN6966"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLAuthoritative</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6993"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6996"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN6999"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLCONNECTINFO"
></A
>
SQLConnectInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7011"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLConnectInfo -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7014"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLConnectInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>connection-info</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[username]</TT
>] [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>[password]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7045"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive deprecates 'MySQLInfo', 'PostgresInfo', and
'PostgresPort'.
Specifies connection information. Connection-info specifies the
database, host, port, and other backend-specific information.
username and password specify the username and password to connect as,
respectively. Both default to NULL, which the backend will treat in
some backend-specific manner. If you specify a password, you MUST
specify a username.
Any given backend has the opportunity (but not the responsibility) to
check for syntax errors in the connection-info field at proftpd
startup, but you shouldn't expect semantic errors (i.e., can't connect
to the database) to be caught until mod_sql attempts to connect for a
given host.
The MySQL and Postgres backends connection-info is expected to be of
the form:
database[@hostname][:port]
hostname will default to a backend-specific hostname (which happens to
be 'localhost' for both the MySQL and Postgres backends), and port
will default to a backend-specific default port (3306 for the MySQL
backend, 5432 for the Postgres backend).
Examples:
SQLConnectInfo ftpusers@foo.com
means "Try connecting to the database 'ftpuser' via the default port
at 'foo.com'. Use a NULL username and a NULL password."
SQLConnectInfo ftpusers:3000 admin
means "Try connecting to the database 'ftpuser' via port 3000 at
'localhost'. Use the username 'admin' and a NULL password."
SQLConnectInfo ftpusers@foo.com:3000 admin mypassword
means "Try connecting to the database 'ftpuser' via port 3000 at
'foo.com'. Use the username 'admin' and the password 'mypassword'"
Backends may require different information in the connection-info
field; check your backend module for specifics.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLDEFAULTGID"
></A
>
SQLDefaultGID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7056"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLDefaultGID -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7059"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLDefaultGID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>defaultgid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>65533</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7086"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Sets the default GID for users. Must be greater than SQLMinID.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
></A
>
SQLDefaultHomedir</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7097"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLDefaultHomedir -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7100"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLDefaultHomedir</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7127"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7130"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7133"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLDEFAULTUID"
></A
>
SQLDefaultUID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7145"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLDefaultUID -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7148"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLDefaultUID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>defaultuid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>65533</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7175"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Sets the default UID for users. Must be greater than SQLMinID.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLDOAUTH"
></A
>
SQLDoAuth</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7186"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLDoAuth -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7189"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLDoAuth</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7216"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Activates SQL authentication. This overrides all other directives --
SQLDoGroupAuth and SQLAuthoritative are ineffectual if SQLDoAuth is off.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLDOGROUPAUTH"
></A
>
SQLDoGroupAuth</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7227"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLDoGroupAuth -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7230"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLDoGroupAuth</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7257"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive causes mod_sql to pretend it has no group information.
It necessarily breaks ALL CONFIG FILES up to 1.2.0rc2, since mod_sql
now assumes that group information is available UNLESS this directive
is set to OFF.
This DOESN'T override SQLAuthoritative -- if SQLAuthoritative is set
to 'On' but SQLDoGroupAuth is set to 'Off', all group-related queries
will fail without giving other modules the opportunity to handle them.
Prior to 1.2.0, there was no way to provide group information from the
database. This caused a few bugs, and reduced the functionality of
this module.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLEMPTYPASSWORDS"
></A
>
SQLEmptyPasswords</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7268"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLEmptyPasswords -- Allow zero length passwords (DEPRECATED)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7271"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLEmptyPasswords</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7298"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated, please use SQLAuthTypes instead</P
><P
>Specifies whether an empty (non-NULL but zero-length) password is
acceped from the database. Default is no, and truly NULL passwords
are never accepted. If the retrieved password is empty then whatever
password the user typed is accepted as valid, but the module logs a
warning at debug level 4.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7302"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7305"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>SQLEmptyPasswords on</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS"
></A
>
SQLEncryptedPasswords</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7316"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLEncryptedPasswords -- Assume SQL passwords are encrypted (DEPRECATED)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7319"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLEncryptedPasswords</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7346"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is deprecated, please SQLAuthTypes instead</P
><P
>Specifies whether the password in the database may be in UNIX crypt()
format. Default is true, with this being the only check done. A tool
for generating crypted password text may be found at
ftp://ftp.linpeople.org/pub/People/lilo/source/makepasswd-1.07.tar.gz</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7350"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7353"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>SQLEncryptedPasswords on</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGIDFIELD"
></A
>
SQLGidField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7364"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGidField -- Set the field holding gid information (deprecated)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7367"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGidField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7394"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7397"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7400"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
></A
>
SQLGroupGIDField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7412"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupGIDField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7415"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupGIDField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7442"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7445"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7448"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPINFO"
></A
>
SQLGroupInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7460"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupInfo -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7463"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7490"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7493"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7496"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPMEMBERSFIELD"
></A
>
SQLGroupMembersField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7508"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupMembersField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7511"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupMembersField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>fieldname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>members</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7538"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies the field in the group table that holds the group's member
list. </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPTABLE"
></A
>
SQLGroupTable</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7549"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupTable -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7552"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupTable</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>tablename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>groups</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7579"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies the name of the table that holds group information.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
></A
>
SQLGroupWhereClause</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7590"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupWhereClause -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7593"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupWhereClause</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7620"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7623"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7626"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLGROUPNAMEFIELD"
></A
>
SQLGroupnameField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7638"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLGroupnameField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7641"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLGroupnameField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Syntax: fieldname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>groupname</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7668"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies the field in the group table that holds the group name.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLHOMEDIR"
></A
>
SQLHomedir</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7679"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLHomedir -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7682"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLHomedir</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7709"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7712"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7715"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
></A
>
SQLHomedirField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7727"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLHomedirField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7730"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLHomedirField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7757"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7760"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7763"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
></A
>
SQLHomedirOnDemand</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7775"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLHomedirOnDemand -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7778"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLHomedirOnDemand</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7805"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies whether to automatically create a user's home directory if
it doesn't exist at login.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOG"
></A
>
SQLLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7816"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLog -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7819"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7846"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7849"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7852"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOGDIRS"
></A
>
SQLLogDirs</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7864"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLogDirs -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7867"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLogDirs</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7894"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7897"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7900"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOGHITS"
></A
>
SQLLogHits</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7912"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLogHits -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7915"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLogHits</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7942"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7945"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7948"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOGHOSTS"
></A
>
SQLLogHosts</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7960"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLogHosts -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN7963"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLogHosts</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7990"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7993"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN7996"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOGSTATS"
></A
>
SQLLogStats</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8008"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLogStats -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8011"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLogStats</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8038"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8041"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8044"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
></A
>
SQLLoginCountField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8056"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLLoginCountField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8059"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLLoginCountField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8086"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8089"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8092"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLMINID"
></A
>
SQLMinID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8104"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLMinID -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8107"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLMinID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>minimumid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>999</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8134"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>SQLMinID is checked whenever retrieving a user's GID or UID. If the
retrieved values for GID or UID are less than the value of SQLMinID,
they are reported as the values of, respectively, 'SQLDefaultGID' and
'SQLDefaultUID'.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLMINUSERGID"
></A
>
SQLMinUserGID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8145"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLMinUserGID -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8148"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLMinUserGID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8175"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8178"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8181"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLMINUSERUID"
></A
>
SQLMinUserUID</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8193"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLMinUserUID -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8196"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLMinUserUID</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8223"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8226"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8229"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLNAMEDQUERY"
></A
>
SQLNamedQuery</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8241"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLNamedQuery -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8244"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLNamedQuery</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8271"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8274"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8277"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLNEGATIVECACHE"
></A
>
SQLNegativeCache</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8289"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLNegativeCache -- Enable negative caching for SQL lookups</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8292"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLNegativeCache</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on</TT
>
<TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>off</TT
>
]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> SQLNegativeCache off
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql
</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
> mod_sql v4.10 and later
</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8320"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>SQLNegativeCache specifies whether or not to cache negative
responses from SQL lookups when using SQL for UID/GID lookups.
Depending on your SQL tables, there can be a significant delay
when a directory listing is performed as the UIDs not in the
SQL database are repeatedly looked up in an attempt to present
usernames instead of UIDs in directory listings. With
SQLNegativeCache set to on, negative ("not found") responses from
SQL queries will be cached and speed will improve on directory
listings that contain many users not present in the SQL
database.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8323"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8326"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
></A
>
SQLPasswordField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8337"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLPasswordField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8340"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLPasswordField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8367"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8370"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8373"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLPROCESSGRENT"
></A
>
SQLProcessGrEnt</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8385"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLProcessGrEnt -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8388"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLProcessGrEnt</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8415"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8418"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8421"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLPROCESSPWENT"
></A
>
SQLProcessPwEnt</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8433"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLProcessPwEnt -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8436"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLProcessPwEnt</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8463"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8466"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8469"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLRATIOSTATS"
></A
>
SQLRatioStats</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8481"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLRatioStats -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8484"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLRatioStats</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8511"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8514"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8517"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLRATIOS"
></A
>
SQLRatios</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8529"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLRatios -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8532"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLRatios</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8559"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8562"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8565"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLSSLHASHEDPASSWORDS"
></A
>
SQLSSLHashedPasswords</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8577"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLSSLHashedPasswords -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8580"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLSSLHashedPasswords</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8607"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is DEPRECATED. Please use SQLAuthTypes instead.
Specifies whether to accept passwords of the form
{digestname}hashedpassword from the database. This directive is only
available if you define 'HAVE_OPENSSL' when you compile proftd and you
link with the OpenSSL 'crypto' library. As an example, any of the
following password entries in the database would match if the user
typed the password 'testpassword':
{SHA}IoFZRnP0iujh/70lps6DjKPgwkk=
{SHA1}i7YRj4/Wk1rQh2o740pxfTJwj/0=
{MD2}nS6iguewvAdrCnOMyQjB1w==
{MD4}5wsGtJCkyXBzDJoVsQKjSg==
{MD5}4WsquNEjFL9O+9YgOQbqbA==</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLSCRAMBLEDPASSWORDS"
></A
>
SQLScrambledPasswords</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8618"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLScrambledPasswords -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8621"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLScrambledPasswords</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8648"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive is DEPRECATED. Please use SQLAuthTypes instead.
Specifies whether to accept passwords in a backend specific format.
For the MySQL backend, this means 'PASSWORD()' scrambled passwords.
For the Postgres backend, this check does nothing.</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLSHELLFIELD"
></A
>
SQLShellField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8659"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLShellField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8662"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLShellField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>fieldname</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>shell</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8689"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Specifies the field in the user table that holds the user's shell. If
this field doesn't exist or the result of the query is NULL, the shell
is reported as "".</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLSHOWINFO"
></A
>
SQLShowInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8700"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLShowInfo -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8703"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLShowInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8730"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8733"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8736"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLUIDFIELD"
></A
>
SQLUidField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8748"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLUidField -- Set the field holding uid information (deprecated)</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8751"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLUidField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8778"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8781"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8784"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLUSERINFO"
></A
>
SQLUserInfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8796"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLUserInfo -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8799"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLUserInfo</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8826"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8829"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8832"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLUSERTABLE"
></A
>
SQLUserTable</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8844"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLUserTable -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8847"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLUserTable</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8874"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8877"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8880"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
></A
>
SQLUserWhereClause</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8892"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLUserWhereClause -- FIXFIXFIX</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8895"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLUserWhereClause</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8922"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8925"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8928"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
></A
>
SQLUsernameField</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8940"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLUsernameField -- Deprecated</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8943"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLUsernameField</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"name" limit|regex|ip value</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>FIXFIXFIX</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8970"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIX FIX FIX</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8973"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN8976"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>FIXFIXFIX</P
><P
>FIXFIX</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SQLWHERECLAUSE"
></A
>
SQLWhereClause</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8988"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SQLWhereClause -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN8991"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SQLWhereClause</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>whereclause</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_sql</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9018"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This directive deprecates 'SQLKey' and 'SQLKeyField'.
Specifies a where clause that is added to every user query (this has
no effect on group queries). The where clause *must* contain all
relevant punctuation, and *must not* contain a leading 'and'.
As an example of switching from the old-style 'SQLKey' and
'SQLKeyField' directives, if you had:
SQLKey true
SQLKeyfield LoginAllowed
You would now use:
SQLWhereClause "LoginAllowed = 'true'"
This would be appended to every user-related query as the string
" and (LoginAllowed = 'true')"</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SAVERATIOS"
></A
>
SaveRatios</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9029"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SaveRatios -- FIXME FIXME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9032"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SaveRatios</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>SaveRatios foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9059"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The SaveRatios directive ....
Example:
SaveRatios</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9062"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9065"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SCOREBOARDFILE"
></A
>
ScoreboardFile</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9076"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ScoreboardFile -- Sets the name and path of the scoreboard file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9079"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ScoreboardFile</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>path</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ScoreboardFile /var/run/proftpd.scoreboard</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.7rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9106"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ScoreboardFile directive sets the path to the file where the daemon will
store its run-time "scoreboard" session information. This file is necessary
for MaxClients to work properly, as well as other utilities (such as ftpwho and ftpcount).</P
><P
>This directive deprecates ScoreboardPath.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9110"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9113"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>ScoreboardFile /var/run/proftpd.scoreboard</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SERVERADMIN"
></A
>
ServerAdmin</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9124"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ServerAdmin -- Set the address for the server admin</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9127"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ServerAdmin</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ServerAdmin "admin-email-address"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ServerAdmin root@[ServerName]</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl10 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9154"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ServerAdmin directive sets the email address of the administrator for
the server or virtualhost. This address is displayed in magic cookie replacements
(see DisplayLogin and DisplayFirstChdir).</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9157"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9160"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SERVERIDENT"
></A
>
ServerIdent</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9171"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ServerIdent -- Set the message displayed on connect</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9174"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ServerIdent</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ServerIdent off|on [identification string]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ServerIdent on "ProFTPD [version] Server (server name) [hostname]"</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9201"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ServerIdent directive sets the default message displayed when a new client
connects. Setting this to off displays "[hostname]
FTP server ready." If set to on, the directive
can take an optional string argument, which will be displayed instead of the
default text. Sites desiring to give out minimal information will probably
want a setting like ServerIdent on "FTP Server ready.", which won't
even reveal the hostname. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9204"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9207"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>ServerIdent on "Welcome to ftp.linux.co.uk"</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SERVERNAME"
></A
>
ServerName</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9218"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ServerName -- Configure the name displayed to connecting users</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9221"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ServerName</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ServerName "name"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ServerName "ProFTPD Server [version]"</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9248"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ServerName directive configures the string that will be displayed to
a user connecting to the server (or virtual server if the directive is located
in a <VirtualHost> block).
See Also: <VirtualHost></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9251"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9254"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SERVERTYPE"
></A
>
ServerType</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9265"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ServerType -- Set the mode proftpd runs in</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9268"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ServerType</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ServerType type-identifier</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ServerType standalone</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9295"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The ServerType directive configures the server daemon's operating mode. The
type-identifier can be one of two values:
inetd
The daemon will expect to be run from the inetd "super server."
New connections are passed from inetd to proftpd and serviced immediately.
standalone
The daemon starts and begins listening to the configured port for incoming connections. New connections
result in spawned child processes dedicated to servicing all requests from
the newly connected client.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9298"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9301"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SHOWDOTFILES"
></A
>
ShowDotFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9312"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ShowDotFiles -- Toggle display of 'dotfiles'</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9315"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ShowDotFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ShowDotFiles on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>ShowDotFiles Off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 thru 1.2.5, removed in 1.2.6rc1</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9342"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>If set to on, files starting with a '.', except for the
directories '.' and '..', will be displayed in
directory listings. This directive has been deprecated in favor of
LsDefaultOptions -- e.g., LsDefaultOptions
"-A" -- and may be removed in future versions.
See Also: LsDefaultOptions</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9345"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9348"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SHOWSYMLINKS"
></A
>
ShowSymlinks</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9359"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>ShowSymlinks -- Toggle the display of symlinks</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9362"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>ShowSymlinks</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>ShowSymlinks on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>(versions 1.1.5 and beyond) ShowSymlinks On</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
></P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9389"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Compatibility: 0.99.0pl6 and later
Symbolic links (if supported on the host OS and filesystem) can be either
shown in directory listings (including the target of the link) or can be "hidden"
(proftpd dereferences symlinks and reports the target's permissions and ownership).
The default behavior is to show all symbolic links when normal users are logged
in, and hide them for anonymous sessions. If a symbolic link cannot be dereferenced
for any reason (permissions, target does not exist, etc) and ShowSymlinks
is off, proftpd displays the link as a directory entry of type 'l' (link)
with the ownership and permissions of the actual link.
Under ProFTPD versions 1.1.5 and higher, the default behavior in regard to
ShowSymlinks has been changed so that symbolic links are always displayed
as such (in all cases), unless ShowSymlinks off is explicitly set.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9392"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9395"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SOCKETBINDTIGHT"
></A
>
SocketBindTight</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9406"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SocketBindTight -- Controls how TCP/IP sockets are created</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9409"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SocketBindTight</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>SocketBindTight on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>SocketBindTight off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9436"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The SocketBindTight directive controls how proftpd creates and binds its
initial tcp listen sockets in standalone mode (see
ServerType). The directive has no effect upon servers
running in inetd mode, because listen sockets are
not needed or created. When SocketBindTight is set to off
(the default), a single listening socket is created for each port that the
server must listen on, regardless of the number of IP addresses being used
by <VirtualHost> configurations. This has
the benefit of typically requiring a relatively small number of file descriptors
for the master daemon process, even if a large number of virtual servers are
configured. If SocketBindTight is set to on, a listen
socket is created and bound to a specific IP address for the master server
and all configured virtual servers. This allows for situations where an administrator
may wish to have a particular port be used by both proftpd (on one IP address)
and another daemon (on a different IP address). The drawback is that considerably
more file descriptors will be required if a large number of virtual servers
must be supported.
Example: Two servers have been configured (one master and one virtual), with
the IP addresses 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, respectively. The 10.0.0.1 server
runs on port 21, while 10.0.0.2 runs on port 2001.
SocketBindTight off #default
# proftpd creates two sockets, both bound to ALL available addresses.
# one socket listens on port 21, the other on 2001. Because each socket is
# bound to all available addresses, no other daemon or user process will be
# allowed to bind to ports 21 or 2001.
...
SocketBindTight on
# proftpd creates two sockets again, however one is bound to 10.0.0.1, port
21
# and the other to 10.0.0.2, port 2001. Because these sockets are "tightly"
# bound to IP addresses, port 21 can be reused on any address OTHER than
# 10.0.0.1, and visa-versa with 10.0.0.2, port 2001.
One side-effect of setting SocketBindTight to on
is that connections to non-bound addresses will result in a "connection
refused" message rather than the typical "500 Sorry, no server available
to handle request on xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.", due to the fact that no listen
socket has been bound to the particular address/port pair. This may or may
not be aesthetically desirable, depending on your circumstances.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9439"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9442"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="STOREUNIQUEPREFIX"
></A
>
StoreUniquePrefix</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9453"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>StoreUniquePrefix -- Set the prefix to be added to uniquely generated filenames</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9456"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>StoreUniquePrefix</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>"prefix"</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Global>, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous>, <Directory> .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.6rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9483"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The StoreUniquePrefix is used to configure a prefix for the generated
unique random filenames used for the STOU FTP command. The last
six characters of the filename will be random. Slashes are not allowed
in the prefix string.</P
><P
>All valid filename characters are allowed except '/'</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9487"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9490"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>StoreUniquePrefix "Wibble"</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SYSLOGFACILITY"
></A
>
SyslogFacility</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9501"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SyslogFacility -- Set the facility level used for logging</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9504"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SyslogFacility</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>SyslogFacility facility-level</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9531"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Proftpd logs its activity via the Unix syslog mechanism, which allows for
several different general classifications of logging messages, known as "facilities."
Normally, all authentication related messages are logged with the AUTHPRIV
(or AUTH) facility [intended to be secure, and never seen by unwanted eyes],
while normal operational messages are logged with the DAEMON facility. The
SyslogFacility directive allows ALL logging messages to be directed to a different
facility than the default. When this directive is used, ALL logging is done
with the specified facility, both authentication (secure) and otherwise.
The facility-level argument must be one of the
following: AUTH (or AUTHPRIV), CRON,
DAEMON, KERN, LPR, MAIL, NEWS, USER, UUCP, LOCAL0, LOCAL1, LOCAL2, LOCAL3,
LOCAL4, LOCAL5, LOCAL6 or LOCAL7.
See Also: SystemLog</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9534"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9537"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SYSLOGLEVEL"
></A
>
SyslogLevel</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9548"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SyslogLevel -- Set the verbosity level of system logging</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9551"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SyslogLevel</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>SyslogLevel emerg|alert|crit|error|warn|notice|info|debug</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0rc2+cvs and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9578"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>SyslogLevel adjusts the verbosity of the messages recorded in the
error logs. The following levels are available, in order
of decreasing significance:
Level
Description
emerg
Emergencies - system is unusable.
alert
Action must be taken immediately.
crit
Critical Conditions.
error
Error conditions.
warn
Warning conditions.
notice
Normal but significant condition.
info
Informational.
debug
Debug-level messages
When a particular level is specified, messages from all other
levels of higher significance will be reported as well.
E.g., when SyslogLevel info is specified, then
messages with log levels of notice and
warn will also be posted.
Using a level of at least crit is recommended.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9581"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9584"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="SYSTEMLOG"
></A
>
SystemLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9595"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>SystemLog -- Redirect syslogging to a file</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9598"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SystemLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>SystemLog filename|NONE</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_log</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6pl1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9625"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The SystemLog directive disables proftpd's use of the syslog mechanism and
instead redirects all logging output to the specified filename.
The filename argument should contain an absolute
path, and should not be to a file in a nonexistent directory, in a
world-writeable directory, or be a symbolic link (unless AllowLogSymlinks
is set to on). Use of this directive overrides any facility set by the
SyslogFacility directive. Additionally, the special keyword NONE can be used
which disables all syslog style logging for the entire configuration.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9628"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWLOGSYMLINKS"
>AllowLogSymlinks</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9632"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPACCESSFILES"
></A
>
TCPAccessFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9643"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TCPAccessFiles -- Sets the access files to use</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9646"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TCPAccessFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>allow-filename deny-filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_wrap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9673"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>TCPAccessFiles specifies two files, an allow and a deny file, each
of which contain the IP addresses, networks or name-based masks to be
allowed or denied connections to the server. The files have the same
format as the standard tcpwrappers hosts.allow/deny files.</P
><P
>Both file names are required. Also, the paths to both files must
be the full path, with two exceptions: if the path starts with ~/, the
check of that path will be delayed until a user requests a connection,
at which time the path will be resolved to that user's home directory;
or if the path starts with ~user/, where user is some system user. In
this latter case, mod_wrap will attempt to resolve and verify the given
user's home directory on start-up.</P
><P
>The service name for which mod_wrap will look in the indicated
access files is proftpd by default; this can be configured via the
TCPServiceName directive. There is a built-in precedence to the
TCPAccessFiles, TCPGroupAccessFiles, and TCPUserAccessFiles directives,
if all are used. mod_wrap will look for applicable TCPUserAccessFiles
for the connecting user first. If no applicable TCPUserAccessFiles is
found, mod_wrap will search for TCPGroupAccessFiles which pertain to
the connecting user. If not found, mod_wrap will then look for the
server-wide TCPAccessFiles directive. This allows for access control to
be set on a per-server basis, and allow for per-user or per-group access
control to be handled without interfering with the server access rules.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9678"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#TCPGROUPACCESSFILES"
>TCPGroupAccessFiles</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TCPSERVICENAME"
>TCPServiceName</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TCPUSERACCESSFILES"
>TCPUserAccessFiles</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9684"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
># server-wide access files
TCPAccessFiles /etc/ftpd.allow /etc/ftpd.deny
# per-user access files, which are to be found in the user's home directory
TCPAccessFiles ~/my.allow ~/my.deny</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPACCESSSYSLOGLEVELS"
></A
>
TCPAccessSyslogLevels</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9695"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels -- Sets the logging levels for mod_wrap</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9698"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>allow-level deny-level</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels info warn</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_wrap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9725"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>ProFTPD can log when a connection is allowed, or denied, as the result
of rules in the files specified in TCPAccessFiles, to the Unix syslog
mechanism. A discussion on the syslog levels which can be used is given
in the SyslogLevel directive.</P
><P
>The allow-level parameter sets the syslog level at which allowed connections
are logged; the deny-level parameter sets the syslog level for denied
connections. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9729"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#SYSLOGLEVEL"
>SyslogLevel</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9733"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels debug warn</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPGROUPACCESSFILES"
></A
>
TCPGroupAccessFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9744"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TCPGroupAccessFiles -- Sets the access files to use</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9747"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TCPGroupAccessFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>group-expression allow-filename deny-filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_wrap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9774"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>TCPGroupAccessFiles allows for access control files, the same types of
files required by TCPAccessFiles, to be applied to select groups. The
given group-expression is a logical AND expression, which means that
the connecting user must be a member of all the groups listed for this
directive to apply. Group names may be negated with a ! prefix.</P
><P
>The rules for the filename paths are the same as for TCPAccessFiles settings.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9778"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#TCPACCESSFILES"
>TCPAccessFiles</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TCPUSERACCESSFILES"
>TCPUserAccessFiles</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9783"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
># every member of group wheel must connect from restricted locations
TCPGroupAccessFiles wheel /etc/ftpd-strict.allow /etc/ftpd-strict.deny
# everyone else gets the standard access rules
TCPGroupAccessFiles !wheel /etc/hosts.allow /etc/hosts.deny</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPSERVICENAME"
></A
>
TCPServiceName</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9794"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TCPServiceName -- Configures the name proftpd will use with mod_wrap</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9797"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TCPServiceName</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>name</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TCPServiceName proftpd</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_wrap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9824"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>TCPServiceName is used to configure the name of the service under which mod_wrap will check the allow/deny files. By default, this is the name of the program started, i.e. "proftpd". However, some administrators may want to use a different, more generic service name, such as "ftpd"; use this directive for such needs.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9827"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPUSERACCESSFILES"
></A
>
TCPUserAccessFiles</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9838"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TCPUserAccessFiles -- Sets the access files to use</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9841"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TCPUserAccessFiles</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>user-expression allow-filename deny-filename</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>none</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_wrap</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9868"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>TCPUserAccessFiles allows for access control files, the same types of
files required by TCPAccessFiles, to be applied to select users. The given
user-expression is a logical AND expression. Listing multiple users in
a user-expression does not make much sense; however, this type of AND
evaluation allows for expressions such as "everyone except this user"
with the use of the ! negation prefix.</P
><P
>The rules for the filename paths are the same as for TCPAccessFiles settings.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9872"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#TCPACCESSFILES"
>TCPAccessFiles</A
>,
<A
HREF="#TCPGROUPACCESSFILES"
>TCPGroupAccessFiles</A
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9877"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
># user admin might be allowed to connect from anywhere
TCPUserAccessFiles admin /etc/ftpd-anywhere.allow /etc/ftpd-anywhere.deny
# while every other user has to connect from LAN addresses
TCPUserAccessFiles !admin /etc/ftpd-lan.allow /etc/ftpd-lan.deny</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMEOUTIDLE"
></A
>
TimeoutIdle</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9888"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimeoutIdle -- Sets the idle connection timeout</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9891"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimeoutIdle</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TimeoutIdle seconds</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TimeoutIdle 600</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9918"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TimeoutIdle directive configures the maximum number of seconds that proftpd
will allow clients to stay connected without receiving any data on either
the control or data connection. If data is received on either connection,
the idle timer is reset. Setting TimeoutIdle to 0 disables the idle timer
completely (clients can stay connected for ever, without sending data). This
is generally a bad idea as a "hung" tcp connection which is never
properly disconnected (the remote network may have become disconnected from
the Internet, etc) will cause a child server to never exit (at least not for
a considerable period of time) until manually killed
See Also: TimeoutLogin, TimeoutNoTransfer</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9921"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9924"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMEOUTLOGIN"
></A
>
TimeoutLogin</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9935"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimeoutLogin -- Sets the login timeout</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9938"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimeoutLogin</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TimeoutLogin seconds</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TimeoutLogin 300</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9965"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TimeoutLogin directive configures the maximum number of seconds a client
is allowed to spend authenticating. The login timer is not reset when a client
transmits data, and is only removed once a client has transmitted an acceptable
USER/PASS command combination.
See Also: TimeoutIdle, TimeoutNoTransfer</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9968"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN9971"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMEOUTNOTRANSFER"
></A
>
TimeoutNoTransfer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9982"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimeoutNoTransfer -- Sets the connection without transfer timeout</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN9985"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimeoutNoTransfer</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TimeoutNoTransfer seconds</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TimeoutNoTransfer 300</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10012"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TimeoutNoTransfer directive configures the maximum number of seconds
a client is allowed to spend connected, after authentication, without issuing
a command which results in creating an active or passive data connection (i.e.
sending/receiving a file, or receiving a directory listing).
See Also: TimeoutIdle, TimeoutLogin</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10015"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10018"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMEOUTSESSION"
></A
>
TimeoutSession</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10029"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimeoutSession -- Sets a timeout for an entire session</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10032"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimeoutSession</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>seconds ["user"|"group"|"class" expression]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.6rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10059"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TimeoutSession directive sets the maximum number of seconds a control
connection between the proftpd server and an FTP client can exist after the
client has successfully authenticated. If the seconds argument is set to 0,
sessions are allowed to last indefinitely (the default).</P
><P
>The optional parameters are used to restrict the session time limit only
to specific users. If "user" restriction is given, then expression is a
user-expression specifying to which users the time limit applies. Similarly
for the "group" restriction. For the "class" restriction, the expression is
simply the name of connection class for whom the time limit will apply.
Note that use of the "user" or "group" classifiers within an <Anonymous>
context will not make much sense.</P
><P
>Example:
# set a draconian session time limit
TimeoutSession 60
# set session time limits for everyone except a few privileged users
TimeoutSession 300 user !bob,!dave,!jenni</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10064"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10067"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
># Kick the user off after 60 minutes<br>
TimeoutSession 3600</P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMEOUTSTALLED"
></A
>
TimeoutStalled</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10078"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimeoutStalled -- Sets the timeout on stalled downloads</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10081"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimeoutStalled</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TimeoutStalled seconds</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TimeoutStalled 3600</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_xfer</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.6 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10108"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TimeoutStalled directive sets the maximum number of seconds a data connection
between the proftpd server and an FTP client can exist but have no actual
data transferred (i.e. "stalled"). If the seconds
argument is set to 0, data transfers are allowed to stall
indefinitely.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10111"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10114"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TIMESGMT"
></A
>
TimesGMT</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10125"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TimesGMT -- Toggle time display between GMT and local</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10128"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TimesGMT</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TimesGMT on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>(versions 1.2.0pre9 and beyond) on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
></P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10155"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Compatibility: 1.2.0pre9 and later
The TimesGMT option causes the server to report all ls and MDTM times in
GMT and not local time.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10158"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10161"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TRANSFERLOG"
></A
>
TransferLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10172"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>TransferLog -- Specify the path to the transfer log</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10175"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>TransferLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>TransferLog filename|NONE</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>TransferLog /var/log/xferlog</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.4 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10202"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The TransferLog directive configures the full path to the "wu-ftpd style"
file transfer log. Separate log files can be created for each Anonymous
and/or VirtualHost.
Additionally, the special keyword NONE can be used,
which disables wu-ftpd style transfer logging for the context in which the
directive is used (only applicable to version 1.1.7 and later).
See Also: ExtendedLog, LogFormat</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10205"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10208"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="UMASK"
></A
>
Umask</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10219"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Umask -- Set the default Umask</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10222"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Umask</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>Umask file octal-mask [directory octal-mask]</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Directory>, <Global>, .ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10249"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Umask sets the mask applied to newly created file and directory
permissions within a given context. By default, the Umask in the server
configuration, <VirtualHost> or <Anonymous> block is used,
unless overridden by a "per-directory" Umask setting. Any
arguments supplied must be an octal number, in the format 0xxx. An
optional second argument can specify a Umask to be used when creating
directories. If a second argument isn't specified, directories are created
using the default Umask in the first argument. For more information on
umasks, consult your operating system documentation/man pages.</P
><P
>Proftpd will not create files that have the execution bit turned
on, this is a security driven design decision. The permissions of the
uploaded file can be changed by issuing a SITE CHMOD command can be
used to change the mode of the uploaded file. Syntax of the command is:
SITE CHMOD <mode> <file>.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10253"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10256"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USEFTPUSERS"
></A
>
UseFtpUsers</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10267"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UseFtpUsers -- Block based on /etc/ftpusers</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10270"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UseFtpUsers</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UseFtpUsers on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>UseFtpUsers on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <Anonymous>, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10297"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Legacy FTP servers generally check a special authorization file (typically
/etc/ftpusers) when a client attempts to authenticate. If the user's name
is found in this file, FTP access is denied. For compatibility sake, proftpd
defaults to checking this file during authentication. This behavior can be
suppressed using the UseFtpUsers configuration directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10300"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10303"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USEGLOBBING"
></A
>
UseGlobbing</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10314"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UseGlobbing -- Toggles use of glob() functionality</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10317"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UseGlobbing</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>UseGlobbing on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global>, <Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ls</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.5rc1 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10344"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The UseGlobbing directive controls use of glob() functionality, which is
needed for supporting wildcard characters such as *.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10347"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USEREVERSEDNS"
></A
>
UseReverseDNS</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10358"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UseReverseDNS -- Toggle rDNS lookups</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10361"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UseReverseDNS</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UseReverseDNS on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>UseReverseDNS on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10388"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Normally, incoming active mode data connections and outgoing passive mode
data connections have a reverse DNS lookup performed on the remote host's
IP address. In a chroot environment (such as <Anonymous>
or DefaultRoot), the /etc/hosts file cannot be
checked and the only possible resolution is via DNS. If for some reason, DNS
is not available or improperly configured this can result in proftpd blocking
("stalling") until the libc resolver code times out. Disabling this
directive prevents proftpd from attempting to reverse-lookup data connection
IP addresses. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10391"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10394"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USER"
></A
>
User</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10405"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>User -- Set the user the daemon will run as</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10408"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>User</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>User userid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10435"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The User directive configures which user the proftpd daemon will normally
run as. By default, proftpd runs as root which is considered undesirable
in all but the most trustful network configurations. The User directive used
in conjunction with the Group directive
instructs the daemon to switch to the specified user and group as quickly
as possible after startup. On some unix variants, the daemon will occasionally
switch back to root in order to accomplish a task which requires super-user
access. Once the task is completed, root privileges are relinquished and the
server continues to run as the specified user and group. When applied to a
<VirtualServer> block, proftpd
will run as the specified user/group on connections destined for the virtual
server's address or port. If either User or Group
is applied to an <Anonymous>
block, proftpd will establish an anonymous login when a user attempts to login
with the specified userid, as well as permanently switching to the corresponding
uid/gid (matching the User/Group parameters found in the anonymous block)
after login.
Note: When an authorized unix user is authenticated and logs in, all former
privileges are released, the daemon switches permanently to the logged in
user's uid/gid, and is never again capable of switching back to root or any
other user/group.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10438"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10441"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USERALIAS"
></A
>
UserAlias</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10452"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UserAlias -- Alias a username to a system user</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10455"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UserAlias</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UserAlias login-user userid</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10482"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>ProFTPD requires a real username/uid when authenticating users as
provided by PAM, AuthUserFile or another authentication mechanism.
There are however times when additional aliases are required but it is
undesirable to provide additional login accounts.</P
><P
>UserAlias provides a mechanism to do this, a typical and common
example is within Anonymous configuration blocks. It is normal for the
server to use 'ftp' as the primary authentication user, however it is
common practice for users to login using "anonymous". This is achieved
by adding the following to the config file.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10486"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10489"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
> <P
CLASS="LITERALLAYOUT"
>UserAlias anonymous ftp</P
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USERDIRROOT"
></A
>
UserDirRoot</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10501"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UserDirRoot -- Set the chroot directory to a subdirectory of the anonymous server</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10504"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UserDirRoot</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UserDirRoot on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>off</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Anonymous></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre2 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10531"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>When set to true, the chroot base directory becomes a subdirectory of the
anonymous ftp directory, based on the username of the current user. For
example, assuming user "foo" is aliased to "ftp", logging in as "foo" causes
proftpd to run as real user ftp, but to chroot into ~ftp/foo
instead of just ~ftp.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10534"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10537"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USEROWNER"
></A
>
UserOwner</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10548"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UserOwner -- Set the user ownership of new files / directories</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10551"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UserOwner</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UserOwner username</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Anonymous>, <Directory></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2pre11 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10578"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The UserOwner directive configures which user all newly created directories
and files will be owned by, within the context that UserOwner is applied to.
The user ID of username cannot be 0 (root).
Where it is used, the GroupOwner directive is not
restricted to groups that the current user is a member of.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10581"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10584"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USERPASSWORD"
></A
>
UserPassword</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10595"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UserPassword -- Creates a hardcoded username/password pair</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10598"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UserPassword</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UserPassword userid hashed-password</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_auth</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0pl5 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10625"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The UserPassword directive creates a password for a particular user which
overrides the user's normal password in /etc/passwd (or /etc/shadow). The
override is only effective inside the context to which UserPassword is applied.
The hashed-password argument is a cleartext string
which has been passed through the standard unix crypt() function. Do
NOT use a cleartext password. This can be useful when combined with
UserAlias to provide multiple logins to an Anonymous FTP site.
See Also: GroupPassword</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10628"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10631"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="USERRATIO"
></A
>
UserRatio</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10642"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>UserRatio -- Ratio directive</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10645"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>UserRatio</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>UserRatio foo1 foo2 foo3</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None known</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
><Directory>, <Anonymous>, <Limit>,.ftpaccess</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_ratio</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>at least 1.2.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10672"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The UserRatio directive ....
Example:
UserRatio</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10675"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10678"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="VIRTUALHOST"
></A
>
VirtualHost</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10689"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>VirtualHost -- Define a virtual ftp server</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10692"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>VirtualHost</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
><VirtualHost address></TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>None</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10719"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The VirtualHost configuration block is used to create an independent set
of configuration directives that apply to a particular hostname or IP address.
It is often used in conjunction with system level IP aliasing or dummy network
interfaces in order to establish one or more "virtual" servers which
all run on the same physical machine. The block is terminated with a </VirtualHost>
directive. By utilizing the
Port directive inside a VirtualHost block, it is
possible to create a virtual server which uses the same address as the master
server, but listens on a separate tcp port (incompatible with ServerType inetd).
When proftpd starts, virtual server connections are handled in one of two
ways, depending on the
ServerType setting:
inetd
The daemon examines the destination address and port of the incoming connection
handed off from inetd. If the connection matches one of the configured virtual
hosts, the connection is serviced based on the appropriate configuration.
If no virtual host matches, and the main server does not match, the client
is informed that no server is available to service their requests and disconnected.
standalone
After parsing the configuration file, the daemon begins listening for connections
on all configured ports, spawning child processes as necessary to handle
connections for either the main server or any virtual servers.
Because of the method that the daemon uses to listen for connections when
in standalone mode, it is possible to support an
exceedingly large number of virtual servers, potentially exceeding the number
of per-process file descriptors. This is due to the fact that a single file
descriptor is used to listen to each configured port, regardless of the number
of addresses being monitored. Note that it may be necessary to increase
the
tcpBackLog value on heavily loaded
servers in order to avoid kernel rejected client connections ("Connection
refused").</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10722"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10725"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="WTMPLOG"
></A
>
WtmpLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10736"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>WtmpLog -- Toggle logging to wtmp</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10739"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>WtmpLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>WtmpLog on|off|NONE</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>WtmpLog on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Anonymous>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.1.7 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10766"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The WtmpLog directive controls proftpd's logging of ftp
connections to the host system's wtmp file (used by such commands as
`last'). By default, all connections are logged via wtmp.
Please report any corrections or additions via http://bugs.proftpd.net/ </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10769"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10772"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPBACKLOG"
></A
>
tcpBackLog</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10783"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>tcpBackLog -- Control the tcp backlog in standalone mode</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10786"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>tcpBackLog</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>tcpBackLog backlog-size</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>tcpBackLog 5</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10813"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The tcpBackLog directive controls the tcp "backlog queue" when
listening for connections in standalone mode (see
ServerType). It has no affect upon
servers in inetd mode. When a tcp connection is
established by the tcp/ip stack inside the kernel, there is a short period
of time between the actual establishment of the connection and the acceptance
of the connection by a user-space program. The duration of this latency period
is widely variable, and can depend upon several factors (hardware, system
load, etc). During this period tcp connections cannot be accepted, as the
port that was previously "listening" has become filled with the
new connection. Under heavy connection load this can result in occasional
(or even frequent!) "connection refused" messages returned to the
incoming client, even when there is a service available to handle requests.
To eliminate this problem, most modern tcp/ip stacks implement a "backlog
queue" which is simply a pre-allocation of resources necessary to handle
backlog-size connections during the latency period.
The larger the backlog queue, the more connections can be established in a
very short time period. The trade-off, of course, is kernel memory and/or
other kernel resources.
Generally it is not necessary to use a tcpBackLog directive, unless you intend
to service a large number of virtual hosts (see <VirtualHost>),
or have a consistently heavy system load. If you begin to notice or hear of
"connection refused" messages from remote clients, try setting a
slightly higher value to this directive.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10816"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10819"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPNODELAY"
></A
>
tcpNoDelay</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10830"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>tcpNoDelay -- Control the use of TCP_NODELAY</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10833"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>tcpNoDelay</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>tcpNoDelay on|off</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>tcpNoDelay on</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost>, <Global></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>1.2.0pre3a and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10860"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The tcpNoDelay directive controls the use of the TCP_NODELAY socket option
(which disables the Nagle algorithm). ProFTPd uses TCP_NODELAY by default,
which usually is a benefit but this can occasionally lead to problems with
some clients, so tcpNoDelay is provided as a way to disable this option. You
will not normally need to use this directive but if you have clients reporting
unusually slow connections, try setting this to off. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10863"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10866"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPRECEIVEWINDOW"
></A
>
tcpReceiveWindow</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10877"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>tcpReceiveWindow -- Set the size of the tcp receive window</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10880"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>tcpReceiveWindow</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>tcpReceiveWindow window-size</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>tcpReceiveWindow 8192</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10907"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The tcpReceiveWindow directive configures the size (in octets) of all data
connections' tcp receive windows. It is only used when receiving a file from
a client over the data connection. Typically, a given tcp/ip implementation
will use a relatively small receive window size (the number of octets that
can be received at the tcp layer before a "turnaround" acknowledgement
is required). When transferring a large amount of data over fast digital transmission
lines which have a relatively high latency, a small receive window can dramatically
affect perceived throughput because of the necessity to completely stop the
transfer occasionally in order to wait for the remote endpoint to receive
the acknowledgement and continue transmission. For example, on a T1 line (assuming
full 1.544Mbps endpoint-to-endpoint throughput) with 100 ms latency, a 4k
receive buffer will very dramatically reduce the perceived throughput. The
default value of 8192 octets (8k) should be reasonable in common network configurations.
Additionally, proftpd allocates its internal buffers to match the receive/send
window sizes; in order to maximize the reception/transmission performance
(reducing the number of times data must be transfered from proftpd to the
kernel tcp/ip stack). The tradeoff, of course, is memory; both kernel- and
user-space. If running proftpd on a memory tight host (and on a low-bandwidth
connection), it might be advisable to decrease both the tcpReceiveWindow and
tcpSendWindow sizes.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10910"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10913"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="TCPSENDWINDOW"
></A
>
tcpSendWindow</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10924"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>tcpSendWindow -- Set the size of the tcp send window</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10927"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>tcpSendWindow</B
> [ <TT
CLASS="OPTION"
>tcpSendWindow window-size</TT
>]</P
><P
></P
><DIV
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
><B
></B
></P
><DL
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Default</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>tcpSendWindow 8192</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Context</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>server config, <VirtualHost></P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Module</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>mod_core</P
></DD
><DT
><PRE
CLASS="SYNOPSIS"
>Compatibility</PRE
></DT
><DD
><P
>0.99.0 and later</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10954"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>The tcpSendWindow directive configures the size (in octets) of all data connections'
tcp send windows. It is only used when sending a file from the server to a
client on the data connection. For a detailed description of receive/send
window sizes see tcpReceiveWindow.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10957"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10960"
></A
><H2
>Examples</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
NAME="AEN10963"
></A
>Chapter 2. List of modules</H1
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-AUTH"
></A
>
mod_auth</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10970"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_auth -- Authentication module</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN10973"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_auth</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10976"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN10979"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ACCESSDENYMSG"
>AccessDenyMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#ACCESSGRANTMSG"
>AccessGrantMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
>AnonRequirePassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
>AuthAliasOnly</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
>AuthUsingAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTCHDIR"
>DefaultChdir</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTROOT"
>DefaultRoot</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPPASSWORD"
>GroupPassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#LOGINPASSWORDPROMPT"
>LoginPasswordPrompt</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERUSER"
>MaxClientsPerUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXLOGINATTEMPTS"
>MaxLoginAttempts</A
>
<A
HREF="#REQUIREVALIDSHELL"
>RequireValidShell</A
>
<A
HREF="#ROOTLOGIN"
>RootLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTLOGIN"
>TimeoutLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTSESSION"
>TimeoutSession</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEFTPUSERS"
>UseFtpUsers</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERALIAS"
>UserAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERDIRROOT"
>UserDirRoot</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERPASSWORD"
>UserPassword</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-CORE"
></A
>
mod_core</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11006"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_core -- Core module</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11009"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_core</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11012"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This module provides all the core functionality ProFTPD needs to function, this
module must be compiled in.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11015"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOW"
>Allow</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
>AllowAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWFILTER"
>AllowFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWFOREIGNADDRESS"
>AllowForeignAddress</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
>AllowGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERRIDE"
>AllowOverride</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERWRITE"
>AllowOverwrite</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
>AllowRetrieveRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
>AllowStoreRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
>AllowUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONYMOUS"
>Anonymous</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONYMOUSGROUP"
>AnonymousGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#BIND"
>Bind</A
>
<A
HREF="#CDPATH"
>CDPath</A
>
<A
HREF="#CLASS"
>Class</A
>
<A
HREF="#CLASSES"
>Classes</A
>
<A
HREF="#COMMANDBUFFERSIZE"
>CommandBufferSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTADDRESS"
>DefaultAddress</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTSERVER"
>DefaultServer</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTTRANSFERMODE"
>DefaultTransferMode</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFERWELCOME"
>DeferWelcome</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFINE"
>Define</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENY"
>Deny</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYALL"
>DenyAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYFILTER"
>DenyFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
>DenyGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
>DenyUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRECTORY"
>Directory</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYCONNECT"
>DisplayConnect</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYFIRSTCHDIR"
>DisplayFirstChdir</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYGOAWAY"
>DisplayGoAway</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYLOGIN"
>DisplayLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYQUIT"
>DisplayQuit</A
>
<A
HREF="#GLOBAL"
>Global</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUP"
>Group</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPOWNER"
>GroupOwner</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEFILES"
>HideFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEGROUP"
>HideGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDENOACCESS"
>HideNoAccess</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEUSER"
>HideUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#IDENTLOOKUPS"
>IdentLookups</A
>
<A
HREF="#IFDEFINE"
>IfDefine</A
>
<A
HREF="#IFMODULE"
>IfModule</A
>
<A
HREF="#IGNOREHIDDEN"
>IgnoreHidden</A
>
<A
HREF="#INCLUDE"
>Include</A
>
<A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
>
<A
HREF="#MASQUERADEADDRESS"
>MasqueradeAddress</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTS"
>MaxClients</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
>MaxClientsPerHost</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONRATE"
>MaxConnectionRate</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXHOSTSPERUSER"
>MaxHostsPerUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXINSTANCES"
>MaxInstances</A
>
<A
HREF="#MULTILINERFC2228"
>MultilineRFC2228</A
>
<A
HREF="#ORDER"
>Order</A
>
<A
HREF="#PASSIVEPORTS"
>PassivePorts</A
>
<A
HREF="#PATHALLOWFILTER"
>PathAllowFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#PATHDENYFILTER"
>PathDenyFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#PIDFILE"
>PidFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#PORT"
>Port</A
>
<A
HREF="#RLIMITCPU"
>RLimitCPU</A
>
<A
HREF="#RLIMITMEMORY"
>RLimitMemory</A
>
<A
HREF="#RLIMITOPENFILES"
>RLimitOpenFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#SCOREBOARDFILE"
>ScoreboardFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#SERVERADMIN"
>ServerAdmin</A
>
<A
HREF="#SERVERIDENT"
>ServerIdent</A
>
<A
HREF="#SERVERNAME"
>ServerName</A
>
<A
HREF="#SERVERTYPE"
>ServerType</A
>
<A
HREF="#SOCKETBINDTIGHT"
>SocketBindTight</A
>
<A
HREF="#SYSLOGFACILITY"
>SyslogFacility</A
>
<A
HREF="#SYSLOGLEVEL"
>SyslogLevel</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPBACKLOG"
>tcpBackLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPNODELAY"
>tcpNoDelay</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPRECEIVEWINDOW"
>tcpReceiveWindow</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPSENDWINDOW"
>tcpSendWindow</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTIDLE"
>TimeoutIdle</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMESGMT"
>TimesGMT</A
>
<A
HREF="#TRANSFERLOG"
>TransferLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#UMASK"
>Umask</A
>
<A
HREF="#USER"
>User</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEREVERSEDNS"
>UseReverseDNS</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEROWNER"
>UserOwner</A
>
<A
HREF="#VIRTUALHOST"
>VirtualHost</A
>
<A
HREF="#WTMPLOG"
>WtmpLog</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-LDAP"
></A
>
mod_ldap</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11106"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_ldap -- LDAP authentication support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11109"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_ldap</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11112"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
> mod_ldap provides LDAP authentication support for ProFTPD. It
supports many features useful in "toaster" environments such as
default UID/GID and autocreation/autogeneration of home directories.
</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11115"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#LDAPAUTHBINDS"
>LDAPAuthBinds</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTAUTHSCHEME"
>LDAPDefaultAuthScheme</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTGID"
>LDAPDefaultGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDEFAULTUID"
>LDAPDefaultUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDNINFO"
>LDAPDNInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDOAUTH"
>LDAPDoAuth</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDOGIDLOOKUPS"
>LDAPDoGIDLookups</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPDOUIDLOOKUPS"
>LDAPDoUIDLookups</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPFORCEDEFAULTGID"
>LDAPForceDefaultGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPFORCEDEFAULTUID"
>LDAPForceDefaultUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemand</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIX"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefix</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDSUFFIX"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandSuffix</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPNEGATIVECACHE"
>LDAPNegativeCache</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPQUERYTIMEOUT"
>LDAPQueryTimeout</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPSEARCHSCOPE"
>LDAPSearchScope</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPSERVER"
>LDAPServer</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPUSETLS"
>LDAPUseTLS</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-LOG"
></A
>
mod_log</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11142"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_log -- Logging support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11145"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_log</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11148"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>Logging support, including enhanced formatting options.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11151"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWLOGSYMLINKS"
>AllowLogSymlinks</A
>
<A
HREF="#EXTENDEDLOG"
>ExtendedLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#LOGFORMAT"
>LogFormat</A
>
<A
HREF="#SYSTEMLOG"
>SystemLog</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-LS"
></A
>
mod_ls</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11163"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_ls -- file listing functionality</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11166"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_ls</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11169"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11172"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DIRFAKEGROUP"
>DirFakeGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEMODE"
>DirFakeMode</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEUSER"
>DirFakeUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#LSDEFAULTOPTIONS"
>LsDefaultOptions</A
>
<A
HREF="#SHOWDOTFILES"
>ShowDotFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#SHOWSYMLINKS"
>ShowSymlinks</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEGLOBBING"
>UseGlobbing</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-PAM"
></A
>
mod_pam</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11187"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_pam -- Pluggable authentication modules support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11190"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_pam</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11193"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11196"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#AUTHPAM"
>AuthPAM</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHPAMCONFIG"
>AuthPAMConfig</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-RADIUS"
></A
>
mod_radius</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11206"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_radius -- RADIUS based authentication support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11209"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_radius</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11212"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This module provides RADIUS authentication and accounting support.</P
><P
>Strong authentication is in demand for Internet services. For many, this means using the RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service) protocol.</P
><P
>However, there are caveats to using RADIUS for authentication. RADIUS packets are sent in the clear, which means that they can easily be sniffed. First, do not have your authenticating RADIUS servers exposed to the Internet; keep them protected within your LAN. Second, it is highly recommended to use separate RADIUS servers for each of your services.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11217"
></A
><H2
>RADIUS Authentication</H2
><P
>The RADIUS protocol can be used for answering the question "Should this user be allowed to login?" However, the "yes/no" answer is not everything that proftpd needs to log a user in; the server also requires the UID and GID to use for the authenticated user, home directory, and shell. This information is usually not available from the RADIUS servers, which means that using RADIUS to provide all the necessary login information can be problematic. The RadiusUserInfo directive is meant to be used to address this issue, to provide the missing information.</P
><P
>In those cases where the RADIUS servers can provide that additional login information, via custom attributes, the RadiusUserInfo directive can also be used obtain that information as well.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11221"
></A
><H2
>RADIUS Accounting</H2
><P
>While RADIUS is primarily used for authentication, the protocol also allows for accounting of user activities. The mod_radius module makes use of this ability, using RADIUS accounting packets to transmit the following data:</P
><P
> * Acct-Authentic: How the user was authenticated (e.g. locally, or via RADIUS)
* Acct-Session-Id: The process ID of the FTP session
* Acct-Session-Time: The duration of the FTP session, in seconds
* Acct-Input-Octets: The number of bytes uploaded (includes appending to files)
* Acct-Output-Octets: The number of bytes downloaded
Merely configuring a RadiusAcctServer enables the module's accounting capabilities.
Common Attributes
The following RADIUS attributes are sent with every RADIUS packet generated by mod_radius:
* User-Name: The name of the logging-in user
* NAS-Identifier: Always "ftp"
* NAS-IP-Address: IP address of FTP server
* NAS-Port: Port of FTP server
* NAS-Port-Type: Always Virtual.
* Calling-Station-Id: IP address of connecting FTP client</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11225"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#RADIUSACCTSERVER"
>RadiusAcctServer</A
>
<A
HREF="#RADIUSAUTHSERVER"
>RadiusAuthServer</A
>
<A
HREF="#RADIUSENGINE"
>RadiusEngine</A
>
<A
HREF="#RADIUSLOG"
>RadiusLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#RADIUSREALM"
>RadiusRealm</A
>
<A
HREF="#RADIUSUSERINFO"
>RadiusUserInfo</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-RATIO"
></A
>
mod_ratio</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11239"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_ratio -- FIX ME FIX ME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11242"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_ratio</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11245"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11248"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ANONRATIO"
>AnonRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#BYTERATIOERRMSG"
>ByteRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#CWDRATIOMSG"
>CwdRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#FILERATIOERRMSG"
>FileRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPRATIO"
>GroupRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#HOSTRATIO"
>HostRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#LEECHRATIOMSG"
>LeechRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOFILE"
>RatioFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOS"
>Ratios</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOTEMPFILE"
>RatioTempFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#SAVERATIOS"
>SaveRatios</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERRATIO"
>UserRatio</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-README"
></A
>
mod_readme</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11268"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_readme -- "README" file support</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11271"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_readme</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11274"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11277"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DISPLAYREADME"
>DisplayReadme</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-SAMPLE"
></A
>
mod_sample</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11286"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_sample -- Example module</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11289"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_sample</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11292"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This module only provides an example set of code as a template for a budding
module programmer.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11295"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#FOOBARDIRECTIVE"
>FooBarDirective</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-SITE"
></A
>
mod_site</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11304"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_site -- FIX ME FIX ME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11307"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_site</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11310"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11313"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWCHMOD"
>AllowChmod</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-SQL"
></A
>
mod_sql</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11322"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_sql -- SQL support module</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11325"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_sql</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11328"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This module provides the necessary support for SQL based authentication, logging and other features as required.
It replaces the SQL modules which were shipped with 1.2.0rc2 and earlier.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11331"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#MYSQLINFO"
>MySQLInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#POSTGRESINFO"
>PostgresInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#POSTGRESPORT"
>PostgresPort</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHENTICATE"
>SQLAuthenticate</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
>SQLAuthoritative</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHTYPES"
>SQLAuthTypes</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLCONNECTINFO"
>SQLConnectInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTGID"
>SQLDefaultGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
>SQLDefaultHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTUID"
>SQLDefaultUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDOAUTH"
>SQLDoAuth</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDOGROUPAUTH"
>SQLDoGroupAuth</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLEMPTYPASSWORDS"
>SQLEmptyPasswords</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS"
>SQLEncryptedPasswords</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGIDFIELD"
>SQLGidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
>SQLGroupGIDField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
>SQLGroupInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPMEMBERSFIELD"
>SQLGroupMembersField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPNAMEFIELD"
>SQLGroupnameField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPTABLE"
>SQLGroupTable</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLGroupWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIR"
>SQLHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
>SQLHomedirField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRONDEMAND"
>SQLHomedirOnDemand</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOG"
>SQLLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGDIRS"
>SQLLogDirs</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHITS"
>SQLLogHits</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHOSTS"
>SQLLogHosts</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
>SQLLoginCountField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGSTATS"
>SQLLogStats</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINID"
>SQLMinID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERGID"
>SQLMinUserGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERUID"
>SQLMinUserUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLNAMEDQUERY"
>SQLNamedQuery</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLNEGATIVECACHE"
>SQLNegativeCache</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
>SQLPasswordField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSGRENT"
>SQLProcessGrEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSPWENT"
>SQLProcessPwEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLRATIOS"
>SQLRatios</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLRATIOSTATS"
>SQLRatioStats</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSCRAMBLEDPASSWORDS"
>SQLScrambledPasswords</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSHELLFIELD"
>SQLShellField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSHOWINFO"
>SQLShowInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSSLHASHEDPASSWORDS"
>SQLSSLHashedPasswords</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUIDFIELD"
>SQLUidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
>SQLUserInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
>SQLUsernameField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
>SQLUserTable</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLUserWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLWhereClause</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-UNIXPW"
></A
>
mod_unixpw</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11389"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_unixpw -- UNIX style authentication methods</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11392"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_unixpw</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11395"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>This module supports the password file (/etc/passwd) style of authentication
methods.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11398"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#AUTHGROUPFILE"
>AuthGroupFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHPAMAUTHORITATIVE"
>AuthPAMAuthoritative</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSERFILE"
>AuthUserFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#PERSISTENTPASSWD"
>PersistentPasswd</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-WRAP"
></A
>
mod_wrap</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11410"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_wrap -- Interface to libwrap</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11413"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_wrap</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11416"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
> It enables the daemon to use the common tcpwrappers access control
library while in standalone mode, and in a very configurable manner.
It is not compiled by default. </P
><P
>If not installed on your system, the TCP wrappers library,
required by this module, can be found here, on Wietse Venema's
site. Once installed, it highly recommended that the hosts_access(3)
and hosts_access(5) man pages be read and understood.</P
><P
>Many programs will automatically add entries in the common
allow/deny files, and use of this module will allow a ProFTPD daemon
running in standalone mode to adapt as these entries are added. The
portsentry program does this, for example: when illegal access is
attempted, it will add hosts to the /etc/hosts.deny file.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11421"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#TCPACCESSFILES"
>TCPAccessFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPACCESSSYSLOGLEVELS"
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPGROUPACCESSFILES"
>TCPGroupAccessFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPSERVICENAME"
>TCPServiceName</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPUSERACCESSFILES"
>TCPUserAccessFiles</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="MOD-XFER"
></A
>
mod_xfer</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11434"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>mod_xfer -- FIX ME FIX ME</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11437"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>mod_xfer</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11440"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11443"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
>DeleteAbortedStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTOR"
>HiddenStor</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTORES"
>HiddenStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
>MaxRetrieveFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
>MaxStoreFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADBPS"
>RateReadBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADFREEBYTES"
>RateReadFreeBytes</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADHARDBPS"
>RateReadHardBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEBPS"
>RateWriteBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEFREEBYTES"
>RateWriteFreeBytes</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEHARDBPS"
>RateWriteHardBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#STOREUNIQUEPREFIX"
>StoreUniquePrefix</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTNOTRANSFER"
>TimeoutNoTransfer</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTSTALLED"
>TimeoutStalled</A
> </P
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="CHAPTER"
><HR><H1
><A
NAME="AEN11460"
></A
>Chapter 3. List of configuration contexts</H1
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-SERVERCONFIG"
></A
>
server config</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11467"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>server config -- server config</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11470"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>server config</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11473"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11476"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-GLOBAL"
></A
>
Global</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11484"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Global -- Global</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11487"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Global</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11490"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11493"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-VIRTUALHOST"
></A
>
VirtualHost</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11501"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>VirtualHost -- VirtualHost</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11504"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>VirtualHost</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11507"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11510"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
></P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-ANONYMOUS"
></A
>
Anonymous</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11518"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Anonymous -- Anonymous</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11521"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Anonymous</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11524"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11527"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ACCESSDENYMSG"
>AccessDenyMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#ACCESSGRANTMSG"
>AccessGrantMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
>AllowAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWCHMOD"
>AllowChmod</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWFILTER"
>AllowFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWFOREIGNADDRESS"
>AllowForeignAddress</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERRIDE"
>AllowOverride</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERWRITE"
>AllowOverwrite</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
>AllowRetrieveRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
>AllowStoreRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONRATIO"
>AnonRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONREQUIREPASSWORD"
>AnonRequirePassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHALIASONLY"
>AuthAliasOnly</A
>
<A
HREF="#AUTHUSINGALIAS"
>AuthUsingAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#BYTERATIOERRMSG"
>ByteRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#CDPATH"
>CDPath</A
>
<A
HREF="#CWDRATIOMSG"
>CwdRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#DEFAULTCHDIR"
>DefaultChdir</A
>
<A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
>DeleteAbortedStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYALL"
>DenyAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYFILTER"
>DenyFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEGROUP"
>DirFakeGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEMODE"
>DirFakeMode</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRFAKEUSER"
>DirFakeUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#DIRECTORY"
>Directory</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYFIRSTCHDIR"
>DisplayFirstChdir</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYGOAWAY"
>DisplayGoAway</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYLOGIN"
>DisplayLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYQUIT"
>DisplayQuit</A
>
<A
HREF="#DISPLAYREADME"
>DisplayReadme</A
>
<A
HREF="#EXTENDEDLOG"
>ExtendedLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#FILERATIOERRMSG"
>FileRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#FOOBARDIRECTIVE"
>FooBarDirective</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUP"
>Group</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPOWNER"
>GroupOwner</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPPASSWORD"
>GroupPassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPRATIO"
>GroupRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTOR"
>HiddenStor</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTORES"
>HiddenStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEFILES"
>HideFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEGROUP"
>HideGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDENOACCESS"
>HideNoAccess</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEUSER"
>HideUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#HOSTRATIO"
>HostRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#INCLUDE"
>Include</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</A
>
<A
HREF="#LEECHRATIOMSG"
>LeechRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
>
<A
HREF="#LOGINPASSWORDPROMPT"
>LoginPasswordPrompt</A
>
<A
HREF="#LSDEFAULTOPTIONS"
>LsDefaultOptions</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTS"
>MaxClients</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERHOST"
>MaxClientsPerHost</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXCLIENTSPERUSER"
>MaxClientsPerUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXHOSTSPERUSER"
>MaxHostsPerUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
>MaxRetrieveFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
>MaxStoreFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#PATHALLOWFILTER"
>PathAllowFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#PATHDENYFILTER"
>PathDenyFilter</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADBPS"
>RateReadBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADFREEBYTES"
>RateReadFreeBytes</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEREADHARDBPS"
>RateReadHardBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEBPS"
>RateWriteBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEFREEBYTES"
>RateWriteFreeBytes</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATEWRITEHARDBPS"
>RateWriteHardBPS</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOFILE"
>RatioFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOTEMPFILE"
>RatioTempFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOS"
>Ratios</A
>
<A
HREF="#REQUIREVALIDSHELL"
>RequireValidShell</A
>
<A
HREF="#ROOTLOGIN"
>RootLogin</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHENTICATE"
>SQLAuthenticate</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
>SQLAuthoritative</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
>SQLDefaultHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGIDFIELD"
>SQLGidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
>SQLGroupGIDField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
>SQLGroupInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLGroupWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIR"
>SQLHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
>SQLHomedirField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOG"
>SQLLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGDIRS"
>SQLLogDirs</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHITS"
>SQLLogHits</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHOSTS"
>SQLLogHosts</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGSTATS"
>SQLLogStats</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
>SQLLoginCountField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERGID"
>SQLMinUserGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERUID"
>SQLMinUserUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLNAMEDQUERY"
>SQLNamedQuery</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
>SQLPasswordField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSGRENT"
>SQLProcessGrEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSPWENT"
>SQLProcessPwEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSHOWINFO"
>SQLShowInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUIDFIELD"
>SQLUidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
>SQLUserInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
>SQLUserTable</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLUserWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
>SQLUsernameField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SAVERATIOS"
>SaveRatios</A
>
<A
HREF="#SHOWDOTFILES"
>ShowDotFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#SHOWSYMLINKS"
>ShowSymlinks</A
>
<A
HREF="#STOREUNIQUEPREFIX"
>StoreUniquePrefix</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPACCESSFILES"
>TCPAccessFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#TCPACCESSSYSLOGLEVELS"
>TCPAccessSyslogLevels</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMEOUTSESSION"
>TimeoutSession</A
>
<A
HREF="#TIMESGMT"
>TimesGMT</A
>
<A
HREF="#TRANSFERLOG"
>TransferLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#UMASK"
>Umask</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEFTPUSERS"
>UseFtpUsers</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEGLOBBING"
>UseGlobbing</A
>
<A
HREF="#USER"
>User</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERALIAS"
>UserAlias</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERDIRROOT"
>UserDirRoot</A
>
<A
HREF="#USEROWNER"
>UserOwner</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERPASSWORD"
>UserPassword</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERRATIO"
>UserRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#WTMPLOG"
>WtmpLog</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-LIMIT"
></A
>
Limit</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11650"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>Limit -- Limit</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11653"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>Limit</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11656"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11659"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOW"
>Allow</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
>AllowAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWGROUP"
>AllowGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERRIDE"
>AllowOverride</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWUSER"
>AllowUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONRATIO"
>AnonRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#BYTERATIOERRMSG"
>ByteRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#CWDRATIOMSG"
>CwdRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENY"
>Deny</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYALL"
>DenyAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYGROUP"
>DenyGroup</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYUSER"
>DenyUser</A
>
<A
HREF="#FILERATIOERRMSG"
>FileRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#FOOBARDIRECTIVE"
>FooBarDirective</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPRATIO"
>GroupRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTORES"
>HiddenStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEFILES"
>HideFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#HOSTRATIO"
>HostRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#IGNOREHIDDEN"
>IgnoreHidden</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</A
>
<A
HREF="#LEECHRATIOMSG"
>LeechRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
>MaxRetrieveFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
>MaxStoreFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#ORDER"
>Order</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOFILE"
>RatioFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOTEMPFILE"
>RatioTempFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOS"
>Ratios</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHENTICATE"
>SQLAuthenticate</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
>SQLAuthoritative</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
>SQLDefaultHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGIDFIELD"
>SQLGidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
>SQLGroupGIDField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
>SQLGroupInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLGroupWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIR"
>SQLHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
>SQLHomedirField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOG"
>SQLLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGDIRS"
>SQLLogDirs</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHITS"
>SQLLogHits</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHOSTS"
>SQLLogHosts</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGSTATS"
>SQLLogStats</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
>SQLLoginCountField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERGID"
>SQLMinUserGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERUID"
>SQLMinUserUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLNAMEDQUERY"
>SQLNamedQuery</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
>SQLPasswordField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSGRENT"
>SQLProcessGrEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSPWENT"
>SQLProcessPwEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSHOWINFO"
>SQLShowInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUIDFIELD"
>SQLUidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
>SQLUserInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
>SQLUserTable</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLUserWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
>SQLUsernameField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SAVERATIOS"
>SaveRatios</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERRATIO"
>UserRatio</A
> </P
></DIV
><H1
><A
NAME="CONTEXT-FTPACCESS"
></A
>
.ftpaccess</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11723"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
>.ftpaccess -- .ftpaccess</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
NAME="AEN11726"
></A
><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>.ftpaccess</B
> </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11729"
></A
><H2
>Description</H2
><P
>FIXME
FIXME
FIXME</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
NAME="AEN11732"
></A
><H2
>See also</H2
><P
><A
HREF="#ALLOWALL"
>AllowAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWCHMOD"
>AllowChmod</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERRIDE"
>AllowOverride</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWOVERWRITE"
>AllowOverwrite</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWRETRIEVERESTART"
>AllowRetrieveRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ALLOWSTORERESTART"
>AllowStoreRestart</A
>
<A
HREF="#ANONRATIO"
>AnonRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#BYTERATIOERRMSG"
>ByteRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#CWDRATIOMSG"
>CwdRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#DELETEABORTEDSTORES"
>DeleteAbortedStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#DENYALL"
>DenyAll</A
>
<A
HREF="#FILERATIOERRMSG"
>FileRatioErrMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPOWNER"
>GroupOwner</A
>
<A
HREF="#GROUPRATIO"
>GroupRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDDENSTORES"
>HiddenStores</A
>
<A
HREF="#HIDEFILES"
>HideFiles</A
>
<A
HREF="#HOSTRATIO"
>HostRatio</A
>
<A
HREF="#LDAPHOMEDIRONDEMANDPREFIXNOUSERNAME"
>LDAPHomedirOnDemandPrefixNoUsername</A
>
<A
HREF="#LEECHRATIOMSG"
>LeechRatioMsg</A
>
<A
HREF="#LIMIT"
>Limit</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXRETRIEVEFILESIZE"
>MaxRetrieveFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#MAXSTOREFILESIZE"
>MaxStoreFileSize</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOFILE"
>RatioFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOTEMPFILE"
>RatioTempFile</A
>
<A
HREF="#RATIOS"
>Ratios</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHENTICATE"
>SQLAuthenticate</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLAUTHORITATIVE"
>SQLAuthoritative</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLDEFAULTHOMEDIR"
>SQLDefaultHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGIDFIELD"
>SQLGidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPGIDFIELD"
>SQLGroupGIDField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPINFO"
>SQLGroupInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLGROUPWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLGroupWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIR"
>SQLHomedir</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLHOMEDIRFIELD"
>SQLHomedirField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOG"
>SQLLog</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGDIRS"
>SQLLogDirs</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHITS"
>SQLLogHits</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGHOSTS"
>SQLLogHosts</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGSTATS"
>SQLLogStats</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLLOGINCOUNTFIELD"
>SQLLoginCountField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERGID"
>SQLMinUserGID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLMINUSERUID"
>SQLMinUserUID</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLNAMEDQUERY"
>SQLNamedQuery</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPASSWORDFIELD"
>SQLPasswordField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSGRENT"
>SQLProcessGrEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLPROCESSPWENT"
>SQLProcessPwEnt</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLSHOWINFO"
>SQLShowInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUIDFIELD"
>SQLUidField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERINFO"
>SQLUserInfo</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERTABLE"
>SQLUserTable</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERWHERECLAUSE"
>SQLUserWhereClause</A
>
<A
HREF="#SQLUSERNAMEFIELD"
>SQLUsernameField</A
>
<A
HREF="#SAVERATIOS"
>SaveRatios</A
>
<A
HREF="#STOREUNIQUEPREFIX"
>StoreUniquePrefix</A
>
<A
HREF="#UMASK"
>Umask</A
>
<A
HREF="#USERRATIO"
>UserRatio</A
> </P
></DIV
></DIV
></DIV
></BODY
></HTML
>
